Periodont.diseases

advertisement
The name of the module: 1 Periodontal diseases. Etioology, pathogenesis. Classifications.
Clinic, diagnostic, treatment and privention.
Test tasks:
1. Osteolizys this:
A. Pathological process, accompanied by a decrease in bone trabeculae per unit volume
B. Pathological process, accompanied by functional and structural changes ZSCHS
C. Pathological process, accompanied by an increase in bone trabeculae per unit volume
D. * Pathological process, accompanied by complete resorption of the bone without any
manifestations of its replacement
E. There is no right answer
2. Objective simple hinhivektomiyi?
A. Correction of defects of the alveolar process of the jaws
B. * Elimination of periodontal pocket
C. Conducting vacuum curettage
D. Holding open curettage
E. Eliminate bone pocket
3. Disadvantages hinhivektomiyi operations are:
A. hyperesthesia bare roots to thermal stimuli
B. cosmetic defect after removal of gingival papillae
C. necks baring teeth
D. hyperesthesia bare roots to chemical stimuli
E. * All of the above is true
4. Hinhivotomiya - is:
A. Removing ash to a depth of periodontal pockets
B. * Autopsy gum
C. Open curettage
D. Stool periodontal abscess
E. Disclosure of a single deep periodontal pockets
5. Determination of traumatic occlusion carried out using:
A. Iodine solution
B. Magenta
C. * Wax plates
D. Desmodometra
E. Ehoosteometra
6. In what year was clinically proven ability periodontal relationships grow into the space
between the membrane and the surface of the root
A. 1,982
B. 1,981
C. 1,985
D. * 1984
E. 1,990
7. Indications for use of the method of selective pryshlifovuvannya teeth:
A. Detection of premature tooth contacts in the central occlusion
B. Installing premature contacts and the presence of contacts only some teeth when
closing the jaws in any of the 4 occlusions
C. Lack of contact between groups of teeth-antagonists
D. Establishing contacts with premature closing of the jaws in the lateral and central
occlusion.
E. * All of the above is true
8. Removing tartar pid'yasennoho conduct:
A. By curettage of periodontal pockets
B. * During curettage of periodontal pockets
C. After the curettage pockets
D. A week before curettage
E. There is no right answer
9. Kalamkari recommended to detect and eliminate premature contacts in position:
A. Only the central occlusion
B. Central and distal
C. Distal and anterior
D. Central and anterior
E. * In all three positions occlusion
10. Curettage procedure recommended not more than:
A. 4 times a year
B. 5 times a year
C. * 2 times a year
D. 3 times a year
E. 1 every year
11. What limited number of teeth operation hinhivektomiyi in the side area?
A. * 3.2
B. 4.6
C. 6.8
D. 2.1
E. 4.3
12. The advantages of vacuum curettage is:
A. opportunity to process deeper pockets
B. opportunity to process bottom gingival pocket and adjacent bone
C. visual inspection complete curettage
D. relatively bloodless operative field
E. * All of the above is true
13. What are the basic principles of sampling with grinding teeth?
A. Zishlifovuvannya tissues within the thickness of the enamel layer, narrowing the
chewing surfaces, while providing expressiveness equator;
B. Zishlifovuvannya hard tissue on the occlusal surface is not made in the teeth, which
are the backbone that hold interalveolar distance
C. Teeth - antagonists in central occlusion should keep multiple buhorkovi - fisurnyy
contact.
D. Consider the position of teeth not only in the central occlusion
E. * All answers are correct
14. The literature curettage operation is called:
A. Real Viydmana-Neumann
B. Real-Viydmana Tseshynskoho
C. Real Tseshynskoho-Neumann
D. * Method Jünger-registrar
E. Real Znamenskoye
15. Local therapy of periodontal disease include:
A. Training (control) patients the right care for your teeth.
B. Eliminating local irritating factors.
C. Treatment of systemic hyperesthesia, increased abrasion of hard tooth tissues.
D. Local application means that improve the trophic and microcirculation.
E. * All answers are correct
16. Indications for the kriokyuretazhu are:
A. Periodontal pocket depth of 5-7 mm
B. Hypertrophic gingivitis
C. Severe gum hypertrophy in periodontitis
D. Periodontal pockets with significant granulation
E. * All of the above is true
17. Over time passes epithelization operated sites at diathermocoagulation?
A. 7 days
B. 21 days
C. * For 10 - 14 days
D. Over 20 days
E. 30 days
18. Which of the following is the manipulation stages patchwork operation?
A. vidseparuvannya muco-oxide flap of vestibular and language (palate) sides
B. cutting edge modified gums, granulation, and curettage
C. mobilization of mucous-oxide graft, stop bleeding
D. suture in each interdental spaces and vertical sections
E. * All of the above is true
19. What requirements must comply with barrier membrane?
A. have tissue integration
B. be impermeable to cells
C. maintain prolonged action to regenerate new tissue
D. inflammatory reaction that accompanies biorezorbtsiyu these membranes should be
minimal and reversible
E. * All of the above is true
20. With deep pockets of more than 5 mm is advisable to:
A. * Loskutnu operation
B. Vacuum curettage
C. Closed curettage
D. Open curettage
E. Kriokyuretazh
21. Osteodystrophy is:
A. Pathological process, accompanied by a decrease in bone trabeculae per unit volume
B. * Pathological process, accompanied by functional and structural changes ZSCHS
C. Pathological process, accompanied by an increase in bone trabeculae per unit volume
D. Pathological process, accompanied by complete resorption of the bone without any
manifestation of its replacement
E. There is no right answer
22. Objective scrappy operations periodontium:
A. Eliminate inflammation and inhibition of degeneration of periodontal tissue
B. * Elimination of periodontal pockets and correction of defects in alveolar bone
C. Eliminate bone pockets and stimulation of trophic disorders
D. All answers are correct
E. There is no right answer
23. The degree of traumatic occlusion is defined by:
A. Odontoparodontohramy
B. Panoramic x-rays
C. * Oklyuzohramy
D. Elektrorenthenohramy
E. Telerenthenohrafiyi
24. Temporary splinting is done to:
A. Stabilization of mobile teeth before the permanent prosthesis
B. * Immobilization mobile teeth during therapeutic and surgical treatment
C. Creating conditions gingival fixing bandages for highly mobile and lonely standing
teeth
D. Destabilization of moving teeth before surgery.
E. There is no right answer
25. What drug is held neutralization hlornovatystokysloho sodium in periodontal pockets?
A. 5% solution of acetic acid
B. 5% solution of phosphoric acid
C. * 5% citric acid solution
D. 5% solution of hydrochloric acid
E. 5% solution of nitric acid
26. In one class of premature contacts on Jankelson include:
A. * Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of the buccal hillocks lower lateral
vestibular surface of the teeth and lower front teeth.
B. Contacts on oral surfaces hillocks upper palatal lateral teeth.
C. Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of palatal tubercles upper lateral teeth.
D. Premature contacts on the cutting edge
E. All answers are correct
27. Jankelson recommended to detect and eliminate premature contacts in position:
A. * Only the central occlusion
B. Central and distal
C. Distal and anterior
D. Central and anterior
E. In all three positions occlusion
28. With deep pockets to 4 mm is advisable to:
A. Loskutnu operation
B. Loskutnu operation using osteoplastychnyhyaterialiv
C. * Closed curettage
D. Open curettage
E. By directing tissue regeneration
29. What incisions performed at flap operation?
A. Continuous hirlyandopodibnyy cut
B. Oblique incision interdental papillae
C. Two vertical incisions in the direction of the transition folds on top of interdental
papillae
D. * Two vertical incisions in the direction of the transition folds passing interdental
papillae
E. There is no right answer
30. Interval between curettage various groups of teeth is:
A. 1-2 days
B. * 2-3 days
C. 3-4 days
D. 5-6 days
E. 10 days
31. In the course of local therapy in the treatment of periodontal disease systemic
hyperesthesia use:
A. * Electrophoresis 2% solution of sodium fluoride
B. Electrophoresis solution vitamin D
C. Electrophoresis Tren tal
D. Electrophoresis AESCUSAN
E. Electrophoresis maraslavinu
32. When performing open curettage conduct:
A. oblique incision interdental papillae to the bottom pocket only vestibular side
B. oblique incision interdental papillae to the bottom pocket only Oral
C. * Oblique incision interdental papillae to the bottom pockets on both sides
D. hirlyandopodibnyy cut gums
E. vertical incision papillae of Oral
33. Who is the world's first operation applied curettage?
A. Junger
B. Registrar
C. Znamensky
D. * Rigg
E. Tseshynskyy
34. Who first proposed the use of chemical curettage surgery?
A. Junger
B. Registrar
C. * Kenny
D. Rigg
E. Tseshynskyy
35. What made treatment of hard tissues of teeth with kriokyuretazhi to prevent their
damage?
A. Eugenol
B. Sea buckthorn oil
C. Vitamin E
D. * Vaseline
E. Metrogyl-Dent
36. Time coagulation in the treatment of periodontal pockets is:
A. 1-2 sec.
B. 30 seconds.
C. * 02.04 sec.
D. 5-10 seconds.
E. 20-40 sec.
37. Orthodontic treatment of periodontal disease is aimed at solving specific problems,
namely:
A. * Removal of traumatic occlusion
B. eliminate abnormal motion
C. prevent displacement of teeth
D. combining into a single unit all teeth
E. all of the above is true
38. Because of time spend removing nerozsmoktuyuchyh membranes?
A. After 2 weeks
B. After 3 weeks
C. After 5 weeks
D. After 6 weeks
E. * 3 months
39. Your tactics in the first 24-48 hours after an kriokyuretazhu periodontal pockets:
A. Assign spray with halaskorbinom 6-8 times a day
B. Hold intensive processing antiseptic
C. Circulation insulating periodontal bandage
D. * Apply enzymes and antibiotics
E. There is no right answer
40. In a simple operation carried hinhivektomiyi excision of gum at a certain depth of
periodontal pockets, namely:
A. At ½ pocket depth
B. At 1/3 the depth of the pocket
C. At 2/3 the depth of the pocket
D. * At the depth of the pocket
E. There is no right answer
41. The basic principles curettage are:
A. complete anesthesia operated tissues;
B. careful attitude to the tissues in the area of manipulation:
C. organization of blood clot and his defense:
D. perfect compliance with the rules of hygiene in the postoperative period.
E. * All answers are correct
42. In the treatment of periodontal disease carried hyperbaric oxygenation. This method
involves:
A. * Introduction submucous transitional folds 5 ml of oxygen
B. Introduction submucous transitional folds 10 ml of oxygen
C. Introduction submucous transitional folds trypsin
D. Introduction submucous transitional folds prodektynu
E. Introduction submucous transitional folds mevakoru
43. Over time passes epithelization operated sites at kriokyuretazhi?
A. 7 days
B. 21 days
C. * For 14 days
D. 10 days
E. 30 days
44. The goal of periodontal surgery:
A. Anti-inflammatory and desensitizing effect
B. Removal of foci intoxication
C. * Elimination of periodontal pockets and creating conditions for the stabilization
process in the periodontal tissues
D. Creating the conditions for the regeneration of alveolar bone.
E. There is no right answer
45. In Class 2 premature contacts on Jankelson include:
A. Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of buccal hillocks lower lateral
vestibular surface of the teeth and lower front teeth.
B. * Contacts on oral surfaces hillocks upper palatal lateral teeth
C. Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of palatal tubercles upper lateral teeth.
D. Premature contacts on the cutting edge
E. All answers are correct
46. Osteosclerosis is:
A. Pathological process, accompanied by a decrease in bone trabeculae per unit volume
B. Pathological process, accompanied by functional and structural changes ZSCHS
C. * Pathological process, accompanied by an increase in bone trabeculae per unit
volume
D. Pathological process, accompanied by complete resorption of the bone without any
manifestation of its replacement
E. There is no right answer
47. In the presence of abnormal mobility of teeth to create a calm periodontal tissues using:
A. Closed curettage
B. Selective pryshlifuvannya
C. Suction curettage
D. Loskutnu operation
E. * Temporary splinting
48. Which of the following is the manipulation stages curettage?
A. processing operating margins yodvmisnymy solutions
B. remove tartar and tooth damaged cement
C. deepithelization pocket
D. curettage of bone edge alveoli
E. * All answers are correct
49. What limited number of teeth operation hinhivektomiyi in frontal area?
A. 2.3
B. * 4.6
C. 6.8
D. 2.1
E. 4.3
50. In what year was the first held scraping content periodontal pockets?
A. 1,892
B. 1,902
C. 1,909
D. * 1867
E. 1,899
51. In what year was the first operation conducted chemical curettage?
A. * 1981
B. 1,902
C. 1,971
D. 1,867
E. 1,899
52. Sulfanilamide drugs prescribed for:
A. Mild periodontitis
B. * Exacerbative periodontitis, which is accompanied by fever and symptoms of
intoxication
C. Localized periodontitis
D. Periodontitis medium severity
E. In remission
53. Application sulfanilamides conduct:
A. Under the supervision reoparoontohrafiyi
B. Under the control of X-ray
C. * A dynamic control of clinical blood
D. Under the control of urinalysis
E. There is no correct answer
54. Which of the below listed drugs is not an antibiotic?
A. Rovamitsyn
B. Rondomitsyn
C. * Levamisole
D. Lincomycin
E. Penicillin
55. Patients with aggressive forms of periodontitis, women with periodontal
zaahvoryuvannyamy against menopause prescribe medication Fosfamaks:
A. * On 1 tab. daily for 6 months
B. At 3 tab. daily for 6 months
C. At 2 tab. daily for 6 months
D. On 1 tab. a day for 1 - year
E. On 1 tab. per day for 1 - month
56. Effects of the drug Fosfamaks in the treatment of periodontitis is:
A. Osteoklastychnoyi decrease bone resorption
B. Improve bone mineral density by 8-12%
C. Stimulation of reparative osteogenesis alveolar bone
D. * Improvement of bone
E. All of the above is true
57. What is the main biological effect of calcitonin?
A. Stimulation of metabolism
B. * Inhibition of bone resorption by inhibiting osteoklastychnoyi activity and reduce
the number of osteoclasts
C. Reduced permeability and capillary fragility
D. Speeds up wound healing
E. It stimulates the production of antibodies
58. What is the daily requirement of vitamin B15 for adults with periodontal disease?
A. 10-20 mg
B. 5-10 mg
C. 100-200 mg
D. 200-300 mg
E. * 100-300 mg
59. Symptomatic treatment prodontu includes:
A. Pain relief
B. Treatment hyperesthesia of hard tissues of teeth
C. * Eliminating local travmuyuchchyh factors
D. That's right
E. Selective pryshlifovuvannya teeth
60. Daily requirement for vitamin E in the treatment of periodontal disease are:
A. 100 - 200 mg
B. 50-100 mg
C. * 15-20 mg
D. 50-60 mg
E. 10-15 mg
61. The daily requirement of vitamin B5 for the treatment of periodontitis is:
A. 200 mg
B. 100 mg
C. 150 mg
D. * 0-12 mg
E. 60-70 mg
62. The daily requirement of vitamin B6 for the treatment of periodontitis is:
A. * 2-2.5 mg
B. 20-30 mg
C. 40-50 mg
D. 30-40 mg
E. 10-20 mg
63. Pathogenetic treatment of periodontal disease include:
A. Anti-inflammatory treatment
B. The effect on local factors regulating bone resorption alveolar bone
C. The effect on local factors of bone resorption
D. Incentive processes of reparative regeneration of periodontal tissue
E. * All answers are correct
64. Kaltsemin - a drug that belongs to the:
A. * Drugs that regulate calcium homeostasis
B. Antiviral drugs
C. Antiprotozoa drug
D. Groups vzantyrezorbtsiynoyu drug action
E. Groups of drugs that stimulate bone formation
65. Etiotropic treatment of periodontal disease include:
A. Removal of dental plaque
B. Normalization oral cavity and gastro - intestinal tract
C. Antibiotic therapy
D. Treatment of somatic pathology with other medical specialties
E. * All of the above is true
66. Patients aged 22 years treats acute periodontitis. What is the treatment of periodontitis
has primarily to be?
A. Symptomatic
B. Pathogenic
C. * Etiotropic
D. Orthopaedic
E. Drug
67. The aim of local treatment of periodontitis is:
A. Normalization of the microflora of the digestive system
B. Stimulation of the functional activity of the salivary glands
C. Treatment of physical and odontogenic infection
D. * Eliminating annoying factors, removing inflammation, normalize blood circulation
in the periodontal tissues
E. All answers are correct
68. General therapy of patients with periodontitis directed to:
A. Eliminating irritating factors
B. Normalization of blood circulation in the periodontal tissues
C. * Normalization reactivity organisms and regenerative processes of periodontal
tissues, treatment of somatic pathology
D. Treatment of odontogenic infection
E. Nutrition
69. Start topical treatment of periodontitis:
A. Antibiotic
B. Splinting of teeth
C. Installations antiseptic intermediaries
D. * Elimination of dental accretions defective orthopedic constructions
E. Anti-inflammatory therapy
70. Which of the following methods do not consider the methods of removing and
pidyasenevoho tartar.
A. Mechanical
B. Chemical
C. Physical
D. Combined
E. * Biological
71. What tools are used for mechanical removal method over and pidyasenevoho tartar?
A. Scalers.
B. 15% solution of EDTA
C. Saturated solution of hydroquinone
D. * Sickle hooks
E. 5% solution of ascorbic acid,
72. What tools are used in chemical methods of removal and pidyasenevoho tartar?
A. Scalers.
B. * 15% solution of EDTA
C. Rashpilni Smoothers
D. Sickle hooks
E. Excavators
73. What tools are used for physical removal method over and pidyasenevoho tartar?
A. * Scalers.
B. 15% solution of EDTA
C. Rubber cup using pastes
D. Sickle hooks
E. 5% solution of ascorbic acid,
74. Which of the following tools is used for mechanical removal method over and
pidyasenevoho tartar?
A. Rubber cup using pastes
B. Rashpilni Smoothers
C. * Scalers
D. Excavator
E. Sickle hooks
75. What is the daily requirement for vitamin B12 in the treatment of periodontal disease?
A. 10-20 mg
B. * 0.01-0.02 mg
C. 0.5 - 0.7 mg
D. 20-30 mg
E. 40-50 mg
76. When treating patients with periodontitis vitamins are usually administered in stock:
A. * Multivitamin preparations
B. Antihistamines
C. Hormonal drugs
D. Antibacterials
E. Immunomodulatory drugs
77. When generalized periodontitis treatment multivitamin preparations is:
A. 5-6 weeks
B. 2 months
C. 6 months
D. * 3-4 weeks
E. 4 months
78. The indications for the use of vitamin U (metylmetioninsulfaniyu chloride) are:
A. * Generalized periodontitis, which occurs against the background of the alimentary
canal
B. Generalized periodontitis that occurs on the background of diseases of the
cardiovascular system
C. Generalized periodontitis medium severity
D. Localized periodontitis
E. Periodontal Disease
79. Treatment immunomodulating drugs conducted:
A. * Under the control of immunological parameters
B. Under the supervision of a general analysis of blood
C. Do not hold control parameters
D. Under the control of biochemical analysis of blood
E. Under the supervision zahaalnoho urinalysis
80. Curative treatment the drug Miakaltsykperedbachaaye its intranasal administration of 1
dose. How many DoD active substance contained in 1 dose of this drug?
A. 500 IU
B. * 200 IU
C. 300 IU
D. 400 IU
E. 100 IU
81. Methods of treatment of periodontal disease:
A. Anti-inflammatory and desensitizing therapy
B. Surgical treatment and cryotherapy
C. * Osteotropic and remineralization therapy
D. Sclerotherapy
E. Antibacterial and immunostimulatory therapy.
82. Purpose curettage?
A. Remove vrostayuchi strands of epithelium
B. The elimination of periodontal pockets
C. * Erasing periodontal pocket
D. Create conditions for anti-inflammatory therapy
E. Remove abnormal granulation
83. What temperature creates a cryoprobe in periodontal pockets during kriokyuretazhi?
A. * -60 - 1400S
B. -20 - 1000 C
C. -50 - 800 C
D. - 45 - 1050 C
E. - 140 - 2200 C
84. Exposure time cryoprobe is:
A. 50 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
B. * 30 sec. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
C. 10 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
D. 40 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
E. 20 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
85. That includes a preoperative preparation before the flap operation for 2-4 weeks?
A. teaching oral care
B. elimination of traumatic occlusion
C. conservative treatment of periodontitis, after which the surgery is carried out not
earlier than 2 weeks and not later than 3 months
D. dental health: replacement of substandard seals
E. * All of the above is true
86. Temporary bus must meet certain requirements, such as:
A. evenly distribute pressure on carts chewing teeth
B. not interfere medicamentous and surgical treatment
C. not to injure the mucosa
D. reliably capture all moving teeth
E. * All of the above is true
87. What is the role of biological membranes?
A. create the possibility of regeneration for periodontal ties
B. prevent apical migration of epithelium
C. restrict the germination of gingival tissue in the defect area
D. create the possibility of regeneration of the adjacent alveolar bone
E. * All of the above is true
88. How many groups are divided calcium supplements that are used in the treatment of
periodontal zayihvoryuvan?
A. 2
B. 4
C. 5
D. * 3
E. 1
89. Which of the manipulation operation is simple hinhivektomiyi stages:?
A. remove gum from the edge of Language (palatal) and vestibular sides parallel
gingival margin with regard to uneven depth pockets
B. stop the bleeding
C. open curettage of granulation and pathologically altered bone alveolar process
D. pid'yasennoho removal of tartar
E. * All of the above is true
90. Indications for the operation curettage:
A. Severe periodontitis
B. Mild form of periodontal disease
C. Deep pockets clinical and bone
D. Ineffectiveness of conservative treatment of periodontal pockets of 5 mm.
E. * All answers are correct
91. Local hypothermia in the treatment of periodontal disease include:
A. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen at a temperature of 12-14 1:9 0
B. * The use of cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen at a temperature of 12-14
9:1 0
C. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen at a temperature of 20-25 9:1 0
D. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen at a temperature of 20-25 1:9 0
E. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen 9:1 at 16
92. In violation of the uniformity of physiological attrition occlusal surface of teeth is used:
A. Closed curettage
B. * Selective pryshlifuvannya
C. Suction curettage
D. Loskutnu operation
E. Temporary splinting
93. Hinhivotomiya - is:
A. Removing ash to a depth of periodontal pockets
B. * Autopsy gum
C. Open curettage
D. Stool periodontal abscess
E. Disclosure of a single deep periodontal pockets
94. In combination with surgical treatment of periodontitis apply:
A. Sclerotherapy
B. Stimulant therapy
C. Immunosuppressive therapy
D. * Antibiotic therapy
E. Proteolytic enzymes.
95. Up to 3 classes of premature contacts on Jankelson include:
A. Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of buccal hillocks lower lateral
vestibular surface of the teeth and lower front teeth.
B. Contacts on oral surfaces hillocks upper palatal lateral teeth.
C. * Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of palatal tubercles upper lateral teeth
D. Premature contacts on the cutting edge
E. All answers are correct
96. Deepithelization pocket is:
A. Remove the damaged cement
B. * Removal of granulation and ingrown pocket epithelium
C. treatment of periodontal pockets yodvmisnymy solutions
D. periodontal pocket irrigation with antiseptic solutions under pressure
E. no right answer
97. What limited number of teeth operation hinhivektomiyi in the side area?
A. * 3.2
B. 4.6
C. 6.8
D. 2.1
E. 4.3
98. What drug used for chemical curettage?
A. A solution of potassium hlornovatystokysloho
B. * A solution of sodium hlornovatystokysloho
C. A solution of magnesium hlornovatystokysloho
D. A solution of calcium hlornovatystokysloho
E. Solution hlornovatystokysloho iron
99. On that day after surgery is exclusion zone of necrosis at kriokyuretazhi?
A. At 1-2 days
B. At 3-4 days
C. * At 4-5 days
D. For 6-7 days
E. For 8-9 days
100. Which of the following is used for replanting in periodontal pockets with flap
operation?
A. "Collapan"
B. "Hapkol"
C. "Kerhap"
D. "BioResorb
E. * All of the used
101. In what year was clinically proven ability periodontal relationships grow into the
space between the membrane and the surface of the root
A. 1,982
B.
C.
D.
E.
102.
A.
B.
C.
D.
1,981
1,985
* 1984
1,990
Any of the following definitions describes osteolizys?
Pathological process, accompanied by a decrease in bone trabeculae per unit volume
Pathological process, accompanied by functional and structural changes ZSCHS
Pathological process, accompanied by an increase in bone trabeculae per unit volume
* Pathological process, accompanied by complete resorption of the bone without any
manifestations of its replacement
E. There is no right answer
103. What is the purpose relates to physician when performing simple hinhivektomiyi?
A. Correction of defects of the alveolar process of the jaws
B. * Elimination of periodontal pocket
C. Conducting vacuum curettage
D. Holding open curettage
E. Eliminate bone pocket
104. Patient hinhivektomiyi intended operation. The disadvantages of this surgery are:
A. hyperesthesia bare roots to thermal stimuli
B. cosmetic defect after removal of gingival papillae
C. necks baring teeth
D. hyperesthesia bare roots to chemical stimuli
E. * All of the above is true
105. Operation hinhivotomiyi is:
A. Removing ash to a depth of periodontal pockets
B. * Autopsy gum
C. Open curettage
D. Stool periodontal abscess
E. Disclosure of a single deep periodontal pockets
106. What aids are used in the process of determining traumatic occlusion:
A. Iodine solution
B. Magenta
C. * Wax plates
D. Desmodometra
E. Ehoosteometra
107. Property periodontal relationships grow into the space between the membrane and
the surface of the root has been proven
A. 1,982
B. 1,981
C. 1,985
D. * 1984
E. 1,990
108. Specify the indications for use of the method of selective pryshlifovuvannya teeth:
A. Detection of premature tooth contacts in the central occlusion
B. Installing premature contacts and the presence of contacts only some teeth when
closing the jaws in any of the 4 occlusions
C. Lack of contact between groups of teeth-antagonists
D. Establishing contacts with premature closing of the jaws in the lateral and central
occlusion.
E. * All of the above is true
109. At that time spend pid'yasennoho remove tartar:
A. By curettage of periodontal pockets
B. * During curettage of periodontal pockets
C. After the curettage pockets
D. A week before curettage
E. There is no right answer
110. In the situation where occlusion recommended to detect and eliminate premature
contacts Kalamkari:
A. Only the central occlusion
B. Central and distal
C. Distal and anterior
D. Central and anterior
E. * In all three positions occlusion
111. How many times a year is permissible to carry out the procedure curettage?
A. 4 times a year
B. 5 times a year
C. * 2 times a year
D. 3 times a year
E. 1 every year
112. Operation hinhivektomiyi in lateral areas of the jaws such limited number of teeth:
A. * 3.2
B. 4.6
C. 6.8
D. 2.1
E. 4.3
113. Which of the following can be considered the positive aspects of vacuum curettage:
A. opportunity to process deeper pockets
B. opportunity to process bottom gingival pocket and adjacent bone
C. visual inspection complete curettage
D. relatively bloodless operative field
E. * All of the above is true
114. Patients show selective prpotsedura pryshlifovuvannya teeth. The basic principles of
this prpotsedury are:
A. Zishlifovuvannya tissues within the thickness of the enamel layer, narrowing the
chewing surfaces, while providing expressiveness equator;
B. Zishlifovuvannya hard tissue on the occlusal surface is not made in the teeth, which
are the backbone that hold interalveolar distance
C. Teeth - antagonists in central occlusion should keep multiple buhorkovi - fisurnyy
contact.
D. Consider the position of teeth not only in the central occlusion
E. * All answers are correct
115. Operation curettage was first described in the literature:
A. Viydmanom-Neumann
B. Viydmanom-Tseshynskym
C. Tseshynskym-Neumann
D. * Junger-registrar
E. Znamenskoye
116. Treatment of periodontal disease consists of general and local. Local therapy
includes:
A. Training (control) patients the right care for your teeth.
B. Eliminating local irritating factors.
C. Treatment of systemic hyperesthesia, increased abrasion of hard tooth tissues.
D. Local application means that improve the trophic and microcirculation.
E. * All answers are correct
117. Patient recommend surgery kriokyuretazhu. Indications for conducting this
intervention are:
A. Periodontal pocket depth of 5-7 mm
B. Hypertrophic gingivitis
C. Severe gum hypertrophy in periodontitis
D. Periodontal pockets with significant granulation
E. * All of the above is true
118. Woman '29 held diathermocoagulation. Over time passes epithelization operated this
site?
A. 7 days
B. 21 days
C. * For 10 - 14 days
D. Over 20 days
E. 30 days
119. The stages of flap operation are:
A. vidseparuvannya muco-oxide flap of vestibular and language (palate) sides
B. cutting edge modified gums, granulation, and curettage
C. mobilization of mucous-oxide graft, stop bleeding
D. suture in each interdental spaces and vertical sections
E. * All of the above is true
120. The barrier membrane used in scrappy operations shall meet the following
requirements:
A. have tissue integration
B. be impermeable to cells
C. maintain prolonged action to regenerate new tissue
D. inflammatory reaction that accompanies biorezorbtsiyu these membranes should be
minimal and reversible
E. * All of the above is true
121. 2 Generalized periodontitis severity characterized by the presence of periodontal
pockets deeper than 5 mm. In this case it is advisable to:
A. * Loskutnu operation
B. Vacuum curettage
C. Closed curettage
D. Open curettage
E. Kriokyuretazh
122. Specify the optimal concentration of F ions in toothpastes according to WHO
recommendations:
A. * 0.1%
B. 0.7%
C. 0.2%
D. 0.5%
E. 0.8%
123. According to the WHO maximum allowable concentration of fluoride ions in
toothpastes replies
A. 0.9%;
B. 0.5%;
C. 0.4%
D. 0.7%
E. * 0.1%
124. Which group includes toothpastes containing vitamins and enzymes:
A. * The anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention;
B. By against caries prevention and treatment.
C. To medical
D. By hygienic
E. There is no right answer
125. Content enzymes and vitamins in toothpastes provides:
A. Against caries preventive medical action.
B. Remedial action
C. Hygienic effect
D. * Anti-inflammatory treatment and preventive action
E. There is no right answer
126. Which toothpaste is recommended for use in periodontal disease:
A. Hygiene;
B. * Anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention;
C. Protykariozni treatment and prevention.
D. Therapeutic
E. There is no right answer
127. The patient on examination revealed pathology of the periodontal tissues. What tooth
paste can recommend in this case?
A. * Anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention;
B. Protykariozni treatment and prevention.
C. Therapeutic
D. Hygiene
E. There is no right answer
128. Protykarioznu action toothpaste creates added to their composition:
A. * Sodium fluoride
B. Monoftorfosfaty sodium
C. Bikarbonaty sodium
D. Aminoftorydu
E. Silica
129. Plasticity and uniform consistency of toothpaste provided components:
A. Abrasive
B. Foam
C. * Binding
D. Scented
E. Preservatives
130. Which of these components are added to the toothpastes to of plasticity and
uniformity?
A. Foam
B. * Binding
C. Scented
D. Preservatives
E. Abrasives
131. Hygienic toothpastes contain in its composition:
A. Abrasive components
B. * Salt Supplements
C. Extracts of medicinal plants
D. Fluoride.
E. All answers are correct
132. What components are part of the hygienic toothpaste?
A. Compounds of fluorine
B. Medicinal the means
C. Abrasive
D. * Salt Supplements
E. There is no correct answer
133. To reduce gum bleeding patients should use toothpaste that contains:
A. Sodium fluoride;
B. Calcium carbonate;
C. * Extracts of medicinal plants;
D. Urea.
E. There is no right answer
134. The patient bleeding gums Class. What are the components of toothpastes will
provide hemostatic effect?
A. * Extracts of medicinal plants
B. Calcium carbonate
C. Compounds of fluorine
D. Urea
E. There is no right answer
135. As abrasive ingredients in toothpaste composition comprises:
A. Sodium monofluorophosphate;
B. * Silicon Dioxide;
C. Pyrophosphate.
D. Sodium bicarbonate
E. Sodium Fluoride
136. Whitening toothpastes have a high degree of abrasiveness. What substances provide
this?
A. Sodium Fluoride
B. Sodium monofluorophosphate;
C. Pyrophosphate.
D. * Silicon Dioxide;
E. Sodium bicarbonate
137. As the foam forming component in the composition of toothpastes include:
A. Dicalcium phosphate;
B. * Sodium Lauryl Sulfate;
C. Polyethylene glycol;
D. Hydrocolloids.
E. There is no right answer
138. Modern toothpastes in contact with water in the mouth hard foam. What substances
provide this property?
A. Hydrocolloids.
B. Polyethylene glycol;
C. * Sodium Lauryl Sulfate
D. Dicalcium phosphate;
E. There is no right answer
139. Sewage treatment capacity toothpaste provided such components that are in its
composition:
A. Binding;
B. * Abrasive;
C. Foam;
D. Flavoring.
E. Preservatives
140. Content of compounds responsible for cleaning pastes property?
A. * Abrasive;
B. Flavoring.
C. Foam;
D. Binding;
E. Preservatives
141. Fluoride toothpaste is recommended for children with
A. 1.5 - 2 years
B. * 3 - 4 years
C. 5-6 years
D. 10-12 years
E. '15
142. At what age children are allowed to use toothpaste with fluoride?
A. * 3 - 4 years
B. 7-8 years
C. 11-12 years
D. 1.5 - 2 years
E. '15
143. Children 2 years is best used for cleaning teeth
A. Dentifrice
B. Pastes based on chalky
C. * Gel toothpaste
D. Mouthwash
E. There is no right answer
144. What toothpaste can recommend patients 1.5-2 years?
A. * Gel toothpaste
B. Pastes based on chalky
C. Dentifrice
D. Mouthwash
E. There is no right answer
145. What amount of fluoride recommended in the composition of children's toothpaste?
A. 0.2%
B. 0.1%
C. 0.01%
D. * 0.023%
E. 0.05%
146. According to the recommendations of the WHO maximum allowable concentration
of fluoride ions in children's toothpastes replies
A. * 0.023%
B. 0.025%
C. 0.1%
D. 0.01%
E. 0.05%
147. Which group includes toothpastes containing Ca and F:
A. By hygienic;
B. By anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention;
C. * By protykarioznyh healthcare.
D. To medical
E. There is no right answer
148. Which toothpaste is recommended for children with a high index of CPV?
A. Hygiene
B. Anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention
C. * Protykariozni prevention and treatment
D. Therapeutic
E. There is no right answer
149. During the inspection revealed that the baby high index index CPV. What toothpaste
can recommend in this case?
A. * Protykarioznu preventive medical
B. Anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention
C. Therapeutical
D. Sanitarily
E. There is no right answer
150. Calcium carbonate and silicon compounds added to toothpaste composition as:
A. Frother
B. Preservatives
C. * Abrasives
D. Moisturizer
E. Antisepsis
151. How are compounds of silicon and calcium in toothpastes?
A. * Abrasives
B. Moisturizer
C. Frother
D. Preservatives
E. Antisepsis
152. Lauryl sulfate in toothpastes serves
A. * Frother
B. Preservatives
C. Abrasive
D. Moisturizer
E. Antisepsis
153. Which function is provided by the addition of the toothpastes lauryl?
A. Damping
B. Better storage
C. Bleaching
D. * Foaming
E. Antisepsis
154. What is the purpose of the toothpastes injected zv'yazuyuchihelepodibni compound?
A. To clean teeth
B. * To obtain a homogeneous mixture
C. For a pleasant odor
D. For foaming
E. There is no right answer
155. Zv'yazuyuchihelepodibni compounds in toothpastes serve as:
A. Deodorizing
B. Foaming
C. * Getting a homogeneous mixture
D. Cleaning teeth
E. There is no right answer
156. Which of the following is used as a binder components
A. * Sodium alginate
B. Lauryl
C. Calcium carbonate
D. Silicon dioxide
E. Xylitol
157. Which of these compounds can be used for in toothpastes homogenous?
A. Triclosan
B. Calcium citrate
C. Silicon Dioxide
D. * Sodium alginate
E. Sorbitol
158. Why in toothpastes is xylitol and sorbitol?
A. For foaming
B. For cleaning
C. * To improve the taste properties
D. As an antiseptic
E. As a moisturizer
159. The packaging of toothpaste states that it contains in its composition xylitol. Reason
for this compound is introduced into the composition?
A. Deodorization
B. Foaming
C. A homogeneous mixture
D. Cleaning teeth
E. * Improved taste
160. Chlorhexidine and Triclosan function:
A. Frother
B. * Antiseptic
C. Abrasive
D. Preservatives
E. Moisturizer
161. What is the role of toothpastes given chlorhexidine and triclosan?
A. * Antiseptic
B. Abrasive
C. Preservatives
D. Frother
E. Moisturizer
162. For how long after the release of toothpaste should contain in its composition of
microorganisms
A. 1 year
B. 4 years
C. 3 years
D. * 2 years
E. 5 years
163. Maximum storage toothpaste not containing microorganisms is:
A. * 2 years
B. 5 years
C. 4 years
D. 3 years
E. 6 years
164. How many groups of action divided toothpaste
A. 2
B. 4
C. * 3
D. 5
E. no right answer
165. Classification of toothpaste on their mode of action involves the division into:
A. into 5 groups
B. into 4 groups
C. into 2 groups
D. * Into 3 groups
E. no right answer
166. For what age period intended for children toothpaste?
A. 1 to 4 years
B. from 2 to 6 years
C. from 3 to 10 years
D. * 1 to 6 years
E. no right answer
167. Kids toothpaste used children this age:
A. * 1 - 6 years
B. 3 - 6 years
C. 5 - 10 years
D. 2 - 4 years
E. 1.8 years
168. Patient with sensitive teeth the best fit:
A. Toothpaste Anti-Plaque Type
B. * Type Sensitive Toothpaste
C. paste type Smokers
D. no right answer
E. all answers are correct
169. Toothpaste can recommend what type of patient with sensitive teeth?
A. Herbal
B. Anti-Plaque
C. Smokers
D. * Sensitive
E. no right answer
170. What type of toothpaste designed Smokers
A. For daily use
B. * For professional teeth cleaning
C. For patients with hypersensitivity
D. For patients with high CPV
E. There is no right answer
171. Toothpaste marked Smokers used for:
A. * Professional teeth cleaning
B. Daily use
C. In patients with high CPV
D. With increased sensitivity
E. There is no right answer
172. Treatment - prophylactic toothpastes containing calcium compounds are used to
influence:
A. Periodontal
B. Mucosa
C. * Decomposition of enamel
D. All answers are correct
E. Reduced sensitivity
173. Compounds of calcium injected into the composition treatment - preventive pastes to
influence:
A. * Enamel
B. Mucosa
C. All answers are correct
D. Periodontal
E. Dentine
174. Treatment - prophylactic toothpastes with exposure to periodontal often contain:
A. Compounds of potassium
B. Compounds of strontium
C. Compounds of fluorine
D. * Anti-inflammatory agents
E. Compounds of calcium
175. Toothpastes with treatment - preventive effect on periodontal incorporates often
contain:
A. Antibiotics
B. * Anti-inflammatory
C. Sorbents
D. Enzymes
E. Compounds of calcium
176. Which of the following compounds can be used in toothpastes for sensitive
A. * 10% strontium chloride or potassium
B. sodium fluoride
C. tin fluoride
D. calcium carbonate
E. potassium carbonate
177. For sensitive teeth and gums in toothpaste often introduced:
A. Calcium citrate
B. sodium fluoride
C. potassium carbonate
D. tin fluoride
E. * Potassium Chloride
178. Which band toothpastes can recommend a patient with multiple wedge-shaped
defects?
A. protykarioznu therapeutic - prophylactic paste
B. anti-inflammatory treatment - preventive paste
C. Smokers
D. Anti-Plaque
E. * Sensitive
179. The patient's teeth are a significant number of dental plaque, oral hygiene is very
poor. What kind of toothpaste should be used?
A. protykarioznu therapeutic - prophylactic paste
B. anti-inflammatory treatment - preventive paste
C. * Smokers
D. Anti-Plaque
E. Sensitive
180. By your use toothpaste share on:
A. 2 groups
B. * 3 groups
C. 4 groups
D. 5 groups
E. 6 groups
181. Classification toothpastes according to your use involves their division into:
A. 6 groups
B. 5 groups
C. 2 groups
D. * 3 groups
E. 7 groups
182. With long-term use of toothpastes with chlorhexidine possible side effects. What is
it?
A. Increased tooth sensitivity
B. * Changing Color
C. Changes in taste sensation
D. Loss of enamel natural shine
E. There is no right answer
183. What side effects of chlorhexidine manifested in its continued use?
A. * Dysbacteriosis
B. Loss of enamel natural shine
C. Changes in taste sensation
D. Increased tooth sensitivity
E. There is no right answer
184. Mint flavor is contraindicated for children's toothpastes because:
A. There is a strong allergen
B. It is addictive effect
C. Reduces the effectiveness of
D. * Brings strong rvotnyy reflex
E. All answers are correct
185. From below listed select contraindications to the use of mint flavoring in children's
toothpastes:
A. * Brings strong rvotnyy reflex
B. Reduces the effectiveness of
C. There is a strong allergen
D. It is addictive effect
E. All answers are correct
186. As a flavoring within children's toothpastes often used:
A. Mint flavor
B. Menthol flavor
C. Eucalyptus flavor
D. * Fruit flavor
E. There is no right answer
187. What aromatic compound often used in children's toothpastes?
A. Eucalyptic
B. Mint
C. * Fruit
D. Menthol
E. There is no right answer
188. What is the best pasta recommend pregnant patient with hypertrophy of the gums?
A. Sanitarily
B. * Anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention
C. Protykarioznu medical - preventive
D. Therapeutical
E. There is no right answer
189. As divided toothbrushes in the class according to the classification Ulitkovskoho?
A. In manual and mechanical
B. On the mechanical and electrical
C. * The manual, mechanical and electrical
D. In manual and electric
E. There is no right answer
190. According to the classification Ulitovskoho toothbrushes in the class are divided
into:
A. On the mechanical and electrical
B. * The manual, mechanical and electrical
C. In manual and mechanical
D. In manual and electric
E. There is no right answer
191. Toothbrush marked "Dencher" - is
A. Brush with a V-shaped groove in the center of the field schitochnoho
B. Brush with very soft bristles
C. * Brush, whose head has two sided bristles
D. Brush with a narrow head, which has two rows of 10 bristle bundles
E. There is no right answer
192. Select from the options characteristic toothbrush "Dencher":
A. Brush with very hard bristles
B. * Brush, whose head has two sided bristles
C. Brush with a narrow head, which has three rows of bristles with 10 beams
D. Brush with a V-shaped groove in the center of the field schitochnoho
E. Brush with a narrow head, which has two rows of bristles with 10 beams
193. What is the size of the brush work for adults?
A. * 25-30 mm
B. 30-40 mm
C. 10-15 mm
D. 10-20 mm
E. 40 - 50 mm
194. Length of the working part of toothbrush for adults to meet:
A. 5-10 mm
B. 35-40 mm
C. 20-25 mm
D. * 25-30 mm
E. 40 - 50 mm
195. What is the size of the working part of the toothbrush for children 2-5 years?
A. 3 cm
B. 2.5 cm
C. 1 cm
D. * 2 cm
E. 5 cm
196. Length of the working part of toothbrush for children 2-5 years is:
A. 1.5 cm
B. * 2 cm
C. 3.5 cm
D. 2.5 cm
E. 4 cm
197. Since then proposed provisions brushes corresponding method charter?
A. Perpendicular to the axis of the tooth
B. At an angle of 900 to the axis of the tooth
C. At an angle of 450 to the axis of the tooth
D. * Along the axis of the tooth
E. There is no right answer
198. When brushing method to brush charter should include:
A. * Along the axis of the tooth
B. At an angle of 900 to the axis of the tooth
C. Perpendicular to the axis of the tooth
D. At an angle of 450 to the axis of the tooth
E. There is no right answer
199. Active recess two-level bristles designed for cleaning:
A. * Chewing surfaces
B. Vestibular tooth surfaces
C. Gingival groove
D. Pear-shaped space gingival groove
E. There is no right answer
200. Some toothbrushes have an active recess two-level bristles that designed to:
A. Cleaning pear-shaped space gingival groove
B. Cleaning gingival groove
C. * Cleaning chewing surfaces
D. Cleaning vestibular tooth surfaces
E. There is no right answer
201. Method of cleaning known as "from red to white," "from the gums to the tooth" - a
A. Method charter
B. Method Background
C. Method Stilmana modified
D. * Method Leonard
E. Method Stilmana
202. As to the author calls a method of teeth cleaning, which is used in periodontal
diseases, the method "from red to white," "from the gums to the teeth?"
A. * Method Leonard
B. Method Stilmana
C. Method Stilmana modified
D. Method charter
E. Method Background
203. For people with periodontal pathology recommended brushes:
A. Soft
B. * Average stiffness
C. Hard
D. Very soft
E. Very tough
204. What type of hardness brush is recommended for patients with periodontal
pathology?
A. Very soft
B. Soft
C. Hard
D. * Average stiffness
E. Very tough
205. The scope of the toothbrush "Tang" are:
A. Cleaning orthopedic constructions
B. Cleaning teeth skuchenyh
C. Clean interdental spaces
D. * Cleaning the tongue
E. Clean palate
206. Reason for use toothbrushes "Tang"?
A. * Cleaning the tongue
B. Cleaning teeth skuchenyh
C. To clean the palate
D. For cleaning interdental spaces
E. For the treatment of orthopedic structures
207. What is the average angle range electric toothbrush?
A. 500
B. 50-550
C. * 60-750
D. 80-900
E. 1,000
208. Electric Toothbrush has an average radius of which is:
A. 80-900
B. 500
C. 1,000
D. * 60-750
E. 50-550
209. The width of the working part of the adult toothbrush
A. * 10-12 mm
B. 10.9 mm
C. 8.9 mm
D. 7-9 mm
E. 40 mm
210. In adult toothbrush maximum width of the working part should be:
A. 40 mm
B. * 10-12 mm
C. 7-9 mm
D. 8.9 mm
E. 10.9 mm
211. By tightening bristle toothbrushes are divided into
A. Grade 4
B. * 5 degrees
C. Grade 3
D. 6 Degrees
E. 8 degrees
212.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
213.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
214.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
215.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
216.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
217.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
218.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
219.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
220.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Classification bristle toothbrushes in their division provides rigidity to:
Grade 4
6 Degrees
8 degrees
Grade 3
* 5 degrees
Brush Special "Taft" - is
Rough brush round and crescent shapes
Brush with a V-shaped groove in the center of the field schitochnoho
* Brush with a 7-beam bristles on the head
Brush, whose head has two sided bristles
Brush oval
Describe toothbrush "Taft"
* Brush with a 7-beam bristles on the head
Brush with a V-shaped groove in the center of the field schitochnoho
Brush with 5-beam bristles on the head
Rough brush round and crescent shapes
Brush with a 6-beam bristles on the head
For ages designed toothbrush ORAL-B Stage 4
From 2 to 4 years
From 5 to 7 years
* From 8 years
From 6 to 24 months
There is no right answer
ORAL-B Stage 4 - a toothbrush designed for children:
* Older than 8 years
2 - 4 years
5 - 7 years
Up to 6 months
6 - 24 months
For ages designed toothbrush ORAL-B Stage 1?
From 2 to 4 years
From 5 to 7 years
From 8 years
* From 6 to 24 months
There is no right answer
Kids of all ages can recommend a toothbrush ORAL-B Stage 1?
Older than 8 years
2 - 4 years
5 - 7 years
Up to 6 months
* 6 - 24 months
Toothbrush ORAL-B Stage 2 is designed to:
* 2 to 4 years
From 5 to 7 years
From 8 years
From 6 to 24 months
There is no right answer
What age group of children covered by using a toothbrush ORAL-B Stage 2?
Kids older than 8 years
* Kids 2 - 4 years
Kids 5 - 7 years
Kids up to 6 months
Kids 6 - 24 months
221. Kids ages designed toothbrush ORAL-B Stage 3?
A. From 2 to 4 years
B. * 5 to 7 years
C. From 8 years
D. From 6 to 24 months
E. There is no right answer
222. What patients prescribed toothbrush ORAL-B Stage 3?
A. Kids older than 8 years
B. Kids 2 - 4 years
C. * Kids 5 - 7 years
D. Kids up to 6 months
E. Kids 6 - 24 months
223. Brushes whose firmness recommended for children 4.2 years of age?
A. Soft and medium hardness
B. * Soft and very soft
C. Central
D. That's right
E. There is no right answer
224. The stiffness of toothbrushes used by kids aged 2-4 years should be:
A. That's right
B. Average
C. * Soft and very soft
D. Mild and medium
E. There is no right answer
225. What is the size of the working part of the toothbrush for children 5-7 years?
A. * 2.5 cm
B. 3 cm
C. 2 cm
D. 1.5 cm
E. 4 cm
226. Working part toothbrushes recommended for children 5-7 years should have a
length:
A. 2 cm
B. 3.5 cm
C. * 2.5 cm
D. 1.5 cm
E. 4.5 cm
227. What is the size of the working part of the toothbrush for children 7-10 years
A. 2.5 cm
B. 2 cm
C. * 3 cm
D. 1.5 cm
E. 4 cm
228. The recommended length of the working part of toothbrushes for children 7-10
years:
A. 2.9 cm
B. * 3 cm
C. 2.5 cm
D. 3.5 cm
E. 4.5 cm
229. Power projection brush ORAL-B clears:
A. * Pear-shaped space and interdental spaces
B. Chewable surface and interdental spaces
C. Vestibular and oral surfaces
D.
E.
230.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
231.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
232.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
233.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
234.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
235.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
236.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
237.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
238.
A.
B.
C.
Fissures of the chewing surfaces
That's right
The function of the power brush performance ORAL-B are:
Cleaning vestibular and oral surfaces
Clean the chewing surfaces and interdental spaces
* Cleaning pear-shaped space and interdental spaces
Clean the chewing surfaces of fissures
That's right
Synthetic bristle toothbrushes divided into:
Safety and hygiene
Sanitary and hygienic conditional
Prophylactic, hygienic and conditionally hygienic
* There is no right answer
That's right
In their functional synthetic bristle toothbrushes divided into:
Prophylactic, hygienic and conditionally hygienic
Safety and hygiene
Sanitary and hygienic conditional
That's right
* There is no right answer
What is the optimal lifetime toothbrush?
1 month
* 3-4 months
2-3 months
1-2 months
6 months
How long you can use a toothbrush?
6 months
1 month
2-3 months
1-2 months
* 3-4 months
What is the toothbrush "Sensitiv"?
Cleaning orthodontic constructions
Cleaning the tongue
Cleaning surgical apparatus mouth
* Cleaning sensitive teeth
There is no right answer
Toothbrush marked "Sensitiv" is used for:
Cleaning surgical apparatus mouth
* Cleaning sensitive teeth
Cleaning orthodontic constructions
Cleaning the tongue
There is no right answer
What is the position relative to the surface of the tooth brush in Bas method?
Along the axis of the tooth
Perpendicular to the axis of the tooth
* At an angle of 450 to the axis of the tooth
At an angle of 900 to the axis of the tooth
There is no right answer
In the method of cleaning teeth by toothbrush Basu position should be as follows:
* At an angle of 450 to the axis of the tooth
At an angle of 900 to the axis of the tooth
Perpendicular to the axis of the tooth
D. Along the axis of the tooth
E. There is no right answer
239. What are the optimal brush to use for those with healthy periodontium
A. * Average stiffness
B. Soft and medium hardness
C. Hard
D. Soft
E. Very soft
240. Patients with clinically healthy periodontium for daily use is optimal toothbrushes:
A. Very soft
B. Hard
C. Soft and medium hardness
D. Soft
E. * Average stiffness
241. At what age can use an electric toothbrush?
A. From 2 years
B. * From 3 years
C. From 5 years
D. With 10 years
E. From 15 years
242. Electric toothbrush permitted for use with:
A. With 8 years of age
B. With 2 years of age
C. With 6 years of age
D. * From 3 years old
E. From 14 years old
243. In which clinical situations used toothbrush "Monotaft"
A. Clean interdental spaces
B. * Cleaning skuchenyh teeth and necks bare teeth
C. Cleaning orthodontic constructions
D. Cleaning the tongue
E. Clean palate
244. "Monotaft" - a toothbrush that is used to:
A. Cleaning the tongue
B. Cleaning palate
C. Cleaning interdental spaces
D. Cleaning orthodontic constructions
E. * Skuchenyh cleaning teeth and necks bared teeth
245. Terms of dentition and are scouring motions using the method Charters meet:
A. Pidmitayuchy movements with that extended jaws
B. Circular movements with that extended jaws
C. Pulsating movement in the jaws of closed
D. * Rotating movements with that extended jaws
E. There is no right answer
246. From below listed then cleaning movements and position dentition that
corresponding method Charters:
A. * Rotating movements with that extended jaws
B. Circular movements with that extended jaws
C. Pulsating movement in the jaws of closed
D. Pidmitayuchy movements with that extended jaws
E. There is no right answer
247. What is the position relative to the surface of the tooth brush using the method
Stilmana?
A. Along the axis of the tooth
B. Perpendicular to the axis of the tooth
C. * At an angle of 450 to the axis of the tooth
D. At an angle of 900 to the axis of the tooth
E. There is no right answer
248. Specify the position of the toothbrush using the method of cleaning the Stilmanu:
A. Perpendicular to the axis of the tooth
B. Along the axis of the tooth
C. There is no right answer
D. At an angle of 900 to the axis of the tooth
E. * At an angle of 450 to the axis of the tooth
249. When used toothbrush "Travel"?
A. Cleaning surgical apparatus mouth
B. * During Trip
C. Cleaning of complete and partial dentures
D. Cleaning orthodontic constructions
E. Clean palate
250. Toothbrush "Travel" is used by patients with:
A. Purification of full and partial dentures
B. Cleaning orthodontic constructions
C. Cleaning surgical apparatus mouth
D. Clean palate
E. * During Trip
251. In the method of Leonard's position relative to the surface of the tooth brush as
follows:
A. At an angle of 450 to the axis of the tooth
B. Along the axis of the tooth
C. * Perpendicular to the axis of the tooth
D. At an angle of 900 to the axis of the tooth
E. That's right
252. What is the position relative to the surface of the tooth brush should be using the
method "from gum to the tooth "?
A. * Perpendicular to the axis of the tooth
B. At an angle of 500 to the axis of the tooth
C. Along the axis of the tooth
D. At an angle of 450 to the axis of the tooth
E. That's right
253. Which of the following methods of cleaning is recommended for diseases
periodontal
A. Method Stilmana
B. Method Background
C. Method Leonard
D. * Method Bass
E. Method charter
254. How far apart are the bristles in your toothbrush
A. 3-3.5 mm
B. 1-1.5 mm
C. 1.5-2 mm
D. * 2-2.5 mm
E. 4 - 4.5 mm
255. The distance between the bristles of your toothbrush should be:
A. * 2-2.5 mm
B. 4 - 4.5 mm
C. 1-1.5 mm
D. 1.5-2 mm
E. 3-3.5 mm
256. As classified by type of toothbrush according to the classification Ulitkovskoho
A. In manual and mechanical
B. On the mechanical and electrical
C. In the manual, mechanical and electrical
D. * In children, adolescents and adults
E. There is no right answer
257. In some cases, the dentist participates in the clinical examination of children with
chronic diseases of internal organs and systems?
A. in the case of high prevalence and intensity of caries;
B. in the case of high prevalence and intensity of malocclusion;
C. in the case of marginal periodontal diseases;
D. in the case of defects of the jaws and face;
E. * All true.
258. The main objective of the first phase of clinical examination are:
A. * Full coverage dental health total child population serviced clinic;
B. use of primary caries prevention, expanding arsenal of means and methods of
secondary caries prevention;
C. of group and individual prevention group based child health, her physical
development and condition of the oral cavity;
D. distribution of the subject population of children after primary research;
E. all true.
259. The main objective of the second phase of the clinical examination are:
A. full coverage dental health total child population serviced clinic;
B. * The use of primary caries prevention, expanding arsenal of means and methods of
secondary caries prevention;
C. of group and individual prevention group based child health, her physical
development and condition of the oral cavity;
D. distribution of the subject population of children after primary research;
E. all true.
260. The main objective of the third phase of clinical examination are:
A. full coverage dental health total child population serviced clinic;
B. use of primary caries prevention, expanding arsenal of means and methods of
secondary caries prevention;
C. * Conducting group and individual prevention group based child health, her physical
development and condition of the oral cavity;
D. distribution of the subject population of children after primary research;
E. all true
261. The main objective of the fourth stage of clinical examination are:
A. full coverage dental health total child population serviced clinic;
B. use of primary caries prevention, expanding arsenal of means and methods of
secondary caries prevention;
C. of group and individual prevention group based child health, her physical
development and condition of the oral cavity;
D. * Distribution of the subject population of children after primary research;
E. all true
262. Mast cells synthesize connective tissue gum:
A. Mukoproteyidy
B. * Heparin and histamine
C. Serotonin
D. Collagen and
E. Antibodies
263. Bunches of fibers which form the basis of actual mucosal gums?
A. Oksytalanovyh
B. Argyrophil
C. * Collagen
D. Rubbery
E. There is no right answer
264. In the papillae of gum are:
A. Bundles of collagen fibers
B. Bunches of argyrophil fibers
C. * Bunches of elastic fibers
D. Bunches oksytalanovyh fibers
E. There is no right answer
265. The method of examination in which the conduct tap the tooth tip or tweezers is:
A. palpation
B. termodiahnostyka
C. * Percussion
D. electroodontodiagnosis
E. no right answer
266. Standard set for oral examination includes:
A. mirror trowel
B. probe, tweezers
C. * Mirror probe tweezers
D. spatula, probe, mirror
E. no right answer
267. Submandibular lymph nodes examined by:
A. Percussion
B. * Palpation
C. Auscultation
D. probe
E. radiography
268. Which of the following indexes is hygienic?
A. Index KPI
B. Index PMA
C. Index SRITN
D. * Index Fedorova - has been received
E. all answers are correct
269. Satisfactory level of oral hygiene by Fedorov - has been received corresponding
value:
A. 1,1-1,5
B. * 1,6-2,0
C. 2,1-2,5
D. 2,6-3,4
E. all answers are correct
270. Whereby the indices hygiene by Green Vermilyonom?
A. * Using a cotton swab with iodine-potassium solution
B. visually using dental forceps and probe
C. using a cotton swab with a solution Loholya
D. visually using a probe and mirror
E. no right answer
271. The value of the modified index Fedorova has been received is 1.9 points. Which
level of care meets the figure
A. good
B. * Satisfactory
C. poor
D. bad
E. very poor
272. Index PMA determines the severity:
A. periodontitis
B. * Gingivitis
C. periodontitis
D. periodontitis
E. pulpitis
273. Haemorrhages in probing the gingival groove in the interdental gingival papilla on
Myulemanu replies
A. 0 points
B. * 1 point
C. 2 balls
D. 3 balls
E. 4 balls
274. How is the index at which spend photographing stained sections with subsequent
transfer to the paper
A. PMA
B. NRC
C. RFRI
D. API
E. * Amim
275. Index RI determines the severity
A. * Periodontitis
B. Periodontitis
C. Pulpitis
D. Caries
E. There is no right answer
276. What surface evaluated by the simplified gingival sulcus bleeding index
A. * Vestibular surfaces of the first and third quadrants and tongue surface of the second
and fourth
B. vestibular surface of the second and fourth quadrants of the tongue surface and the
first and third
C. vestibular surface of the first and second quadrants of the tongue surface and the
third and fourth
D. vestibular surface of the third and fourth quadrants and tongue surface of the first and
second
E. no right answer
277. The appearance of color changes due to gum inflammation, bleeding in probing
occurs, you may experience a pronounced inflammatory edema. Myulemanu index
gingival sulcus bleeding in this case says:
A. 1 degree
B. 2 degrees
C. Grade 3
D. * 4 degree
E. Grade 5
278. How many tooth surfaces involved in determining the index Tureski
A. 4
B. * 2
C. 3
D. 6
E. 7
279. Which teeth examined in determining KPI in children 3-4 years
A. * 55, 51, 65, 75, 85
B. 54, 54, 64, 74, 84
C. 55, 51, 64, 74, 85
D. 52, 51, 65, 72, 85
E. 53, 51, 65, 73, 85
280. What dye is used in determining the index Quigley and Nein
A. Solution Bismarck
B. * Solutions erytrozynu, methylene blue
C. A solution of fuchsin
D. Alcoholic solution of iodine
E. There is no right answer
281. Which of the following indices include the fourth group?
A. indices that assess an area of plaque
B. indexes to evaluate the thickness of plaque
C. indices that assess the weight of plaque
D. * Indices that assess physical, chemical and microbiological parameters of plaque
E. indexes to evaluate the area of tartar
282. To determine the index NRC tooth surface is divided into:
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. * 5
E. 6 areas
283. Periodontal - is:
A. tooth, gums, periodontal
B. tooth, gums, cement root
C. gums, periodontal bone alveolus
D. * Gums, periodontal bone alveoli tooth
E. periodontal bone alveoli tooth
284. Bottom clinical gingival pockets are:
A. * Pie ligament tooth
B. Oblique fibers periodontal
C. Rezorbovana bone
D. Gingival-bone ligament
E. There is no right answer
285. In determining the index Green - Vermilyona found that the level of hygiene is very
poor. Which is a numeric value corresponding to
A. 1.0 - 1.3
B. 1.4 - 1.9
C. 2,0 -2,1
D. * More than 2.6
E. no right answer
286. Index Green Vermilyona used to determine:
A. Intensity decay
B. * Plaque, tartar
C. Bleeding gums
D. Periodontal pockets
E. Mobility of teeth
287. To determine the number of dental CPITN index is divided into:
A. 2
B. 4
C. * 6
D. 8
E. 10 Sextant
288. What aids are used in determining the intensity of selection index gingival fluid
A. litmus paper
B. * Strips of filter paper
C. indicators purulent processes
D. caries-markers
E. no right answer
289. Mobility tooth vestibular-oral and lateral directions replies
A. 1 degree of mobility
B. * 2 degrees of mobility
C. 3 degrees of mobility
D. 4 degrees of mobility
E. 5 degrees of motion
290. Which of the following is one of the additional methods of examination
A. * Radiography, biomicroscopy
B. definition of bite
C. Depth prysinka mouth
D. determine the degree of mobility
E. all answers are correct
291. Third grade gum recession's class Miller answers:
A. condition in which the recession becomes muco-gingival border
B. * Condition in which the recession leads to loss of gingival papillae
C. condition in which the recession does not reach the muco-gingival border
D. condition in which the recession leads to a breach of the tooth
E. no right answer
292. The method of in vivo blood-based registration pulse oscillation is
A. * Rheography
B. Fluorescent diagnostics
C. test Kulazhenko
D. electroodontodiagnosis
E. polarography
293. What is the method of quantifying bone jaws
A. tomography
B. elektrorenthenohrafiya
C. * Ehoosteometriya
D. panoramic radiography
E. Radioviziohrafiya
294. During a routine inspection of the patient revealed 2 degree bleeding gums. It says:
A. * Bleeding during brushing
B. bleeding during consumption of solid food
C. spontaneous bleeding
D. no right answer
E. bleeding during probing
295. Which radiological examination methods based on filmless computer technology to
take pictures?
A. tomography
B. panoramic radiography
C. * Radioviziohrafiya
D. radiography vprykus
E. no right answer
296. Hematoma formation in the mucosa when gum gingivitis is for:
A. * 15-25 s.
B. 5.10 s.
C. 50-80S.
D. 25-30 s.
E. 10-15s.
297. Furkatsiya be prozondovana more than 3 mm in the horizontal direction. According
to the classification Hampi responds:
A. First Class
B. * Second class
C. Third-class
D. Fourth Class
E. Fifth grade
298. Degenerative changes in the epithelium occur:
A. Mucoid swelling
B. Osteoporosis and osteosclerosis
C. Hyalinosis and sclerosis
D. * Vakuolnoyu dystrophy
E. Fragmentation
299. Periodontal gap in periodontitis:
A. sharply narrowed
B. * Extended
C. atrophied
D. no
E. no right answer
300. Using a method can determine the species composition and quantitative
characteristics of mucosal microflora?
A. Tomography
B. * Microbiological studies
C. Radioviziohrafiyi
D. Fotopletyzmohrafiyi
E. Polarography
301. Species composition and quantitative characterization of microflora mucosa studied
by means of:
A. Ehoosteometriyi
B. Polarography
C. Fluorescent diagnostics
D. Fotopletyzmohrafiyi
E. * Microbiological studies
302. Microbiological research allows you to explore:
A. * Species composition and quantitative characteristics of mucosal microflora
B. Quantitative and qualitative composition of the cellular elements of the blood and
epithelial cells
C. Cyclical changes of stratified squamous epithelium of the oral cavity
D. Saturation mucosal ascorbic acid
E. That's right
303. The first category of changes in the composition of microflora on mucosal Khazanov
is:
A. Dysbacteriosis and II degree
B. Dysbacteriosis third degree
C. Dysbacteriosis fourth degree
D. * Dysbiotic shift
E. There is no right answer
304. The second category of changes in the composition of microflora on mucosal
Khazanov is:
A. * Dysbacteriosis and II degree
B. Dysbacteriosis third degree
C. Dysbacteriosis fourth degree
D. Dysbiotic shift
E. There is no right answer
305. The third category of changes in the composition of microflora on mucosal
Khazanov is:
A. Dysbacteriosis and II degree
B. * Dysbacteriosis third degree
C. Dysbacteriosis fourth degree
D. Dysbiotic shift
E. There is no right answer
306. The fourth category changes in the composition of microflora on mucosal Khazanov
is:
A. Dysbacteriosis and II degree
B. Dysbacteriosis third degree
C. * Dysbacteriosis fourth degree
D. Dysbiotic shift
E. There is no right answer
307. Which category changes of mucosal microflora responsible dysbiotic shift?
A. * First
B. Third
C. Second
D. Fourth
E. no right answer
308. Which category of changes in the composition of microflora mucosal overgrowth
meets I-II degree?
A. First
B. Third
C. * Second
D. Fourth
E. no right answer
309. Which type of changes in the composition of microflora mucosa characterized by
dysbiosis third degree?
A. First
B. * Third
C. Second
D. Fourth
E. no right answer
310. Which type of changes in the composition of microflora mucosa characterized by
dysbiosis fourth degree?
A. First
B. Third
C. Second
D. * Fourth
E. no right answer
311. For a study in patients taking swab - scraping?
A. Fluorescent diagnostics
B. Microbiological studies
C. X-ray study
D. * Biomikroskopichnoho research
E. There is no right answer
312. How many colonies of microorganisms per 1 cm2 identify with chronic diseases?
A. 56
B. 26
C. * 36
D. 16
E. 2.1
313. What is the method by which study the quantitative and qualitative composition of
the cellular elements of the blood and epithelial cells?
A. Tomography
B.
C.
D.
E.
314.
A.
B.
Microbiological research
Ehoosteometriya
Polarography
* Exfoliative cytology
Exfoliative cytology method allows you to explore:
Species composition and quantitative characteristics of mucosal microflora
* Quantitative and qualitative composition of the cellular elements of the blood and
epithelial cells
C. Cyclical changes of stratified squamous epithelium of the oral cavity
D. Saturation mucosal ascorbic acid
E. That's right
315. Using a method can determine the index keratinization?
A. Fotopletyzmohrafiyi
B. Microbiological studies
C. * Exfoliative cytology
D. Polarography
E. Radiography
316. When conducting a study can determine the index keratinization?
A. Microbiological studies
B. Radiography
C. Polarography
D. Fotopletyzmohrafiyi
E. * Exfoliative cytology
317. With which are material for cytology?
A. Thematic glasses
B. * Rubber cube
C. Sterile loop
D. Tweezers
E. There is no right answer
318. The patient is recommended to conduct oral tsytodiahnostyku. Material for the study
will be taken from:
A. * Mucosa cheeks, above the interdigitation
B. Mucosa in the region of the angle of the mouth
C. Mucosa floor of the mouth
D. Mucosa cheek below the interdigitation
E. There is no correct answer
319. The place for the taking of material for oral tsytodiahnostyky are:
A. The mucous membrane of the cheeks, below the interdigitation
B. The mucous membrane of floor of the mouth
C. Mucosa in the region of the angle of the mouth
D. * The mucous membrane of the cheeks, above the interdigitation
E. There is no correct answer
320. The first step of estrogen saturation is characterized by:
A. The mean degree of estrogen deficiency
B. * Cutting estrogen deficiency
C. Moderate decrease in estrogen
D. A good estrogen saturation
E. There is no correct answer
321. Second degree estrogen saturation is characterized by:
A. * Average degree of estrogen deficiency
B. Abrupt estrogen deficiency
C. Moderate decrease in estrogen
D. A good estrogen saturation
E. There is no correct answer
322.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
323.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
324.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
325.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
326.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
327.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
328.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
329.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
330.
A.
B.
C.
Third stage estrogen saturation is characterized by:
Average degree of estrogen deficiency
Abrupt estrogen deficiency
* Moderate decrease in estrogen
A good estrogen saturation
There is no correct answer
The main signs of periodontal disease:
The presence of periodontal pockets, pioreya, mobility of teeth
* Lack of inflammation in periodontal stability teeth, horizontal resorption of
alveolar bone, the absence of clinical pocket
Atrophy of gums, bone destruction of the alveolar ridge, mobility and displacement
of teeth
The presence of symptomatic gingivitis, periodontal pockets, tooth mobility.
There is no right answer
According to the classification of aggressive periodontitis forms are divided into:
Localized and generalized
* Juvenile, prepubertal and quickly progressing
Juvenile and prepubertal
Prepubertal and quickly progressing
Juvenile and rapidly progressive
One of the first symptoms quickly progressing periodontitis are:
Bleeding gums
Pain in teeth
Swelling of the gums
* Mobility of teeth
Anemichnist gum
Feature clinical course quickly progressing periodontitis are:
Pronounced bleeding gums
* Lack of inflammation
The lack of mobility of teeth
Pain from thermal and chemical stimuli
Strong pastoznost gum
First of all, clinically manifested juvenile periodontitis:
* Loss 16, 26, 11, 21 teeth +
Loss 12, 22, 36, 46 teeth
Loss 36, 46, 31, 41, teeth
Loss 16, 26, 41, 31 teeth
There is no right answer
For ages typical juvenile periodontitis?
6-12 years
* 12-17 years
17-25 years
25-35 years
After 45 years
A characteristic feature of quickly progressing periodontitis forms are:
Slow bone loss
* Massive destruction of bone with loss of teeth over 5 years
No bone destruction with pronounced inflammation
Massive destruction of bone combined with a strong bleeding
There is no right answer
For what age group characteristic rapidly progressive periodontitis?
6-12 years
12-17 years
* 17-25 years
D. 25-35 years
E. After 45 years
331. First degree mobility tooth mobility is in
A. vestibular - oral and mediodystalnomu directions
B. vestibular - oral and vertical directions
C. and vertical directions mediodystalnomu
D. * Vestibular - oral direction
E. no right answer
332. The examination determined that the rate of complex periodontal index of 3.7. What
kind of condition of periodontal tissues can be seen in this case
A. Mild periodontitis
B. average degree of periodontitis
C. * Severe periodontitis
D. very severe degree of periodontitis
E. very mild degree of periodontitis
333. Periodontal index in the survey was 4, 2. What decryption can be given in this case
A. severe stage of periodontitis
B. light stage periodontitis
C. secondary stage of periodontitis
D. * Very severe stage of periodontitis
E. no right answer
334. The emergence of periodontal disease on the theory E.E.Platonova occurs:
A. * As a result of trophic disorders of the central or peripheral nervous system
B. As a result of circulatory disorders periodontal tissue
C. As a result of metabolism, accompanied by a sharp delay in the synthesis of protein
D. As a result of the imbalance between the processes of osteosynthesis and osteolizysu
E. Because immunological changes of periodontal tissues (autoagression).
335. The emergence of the theory A.I.Yevdokimova periodontitis occurs as
A. Corollary hypovitaminosis C
B. Metabolic disorders, which is accompanied by a sharp delay in the synthesis of
proteins
C. * Primary-degenerative process of bone due to periodontal atherosclerosis
D. Imbalance between processes osteosynthesis and osteolizysu
E. Because trophic disorders of the central or peripheral nervous system.
336. What are the pathological processes underlying osteodystrophy:
A. Pathological process, accompanied by a decrease in bone trabeculae per unit volume
B. * Pathological process, accompanied by functional and structural changes ZSCHS
C. Pathological process, accompanied by an increase in bone trabeculae per unit volume
D. Pathological process, accompanied by complete resorption of the bone without any
manifestation of its replacement
E. There is no right answer
337. What are the criteria for the effectiveness of curettage gingival and periodontal
pockets?
A. Lack pid'yasennoho tartar
B. * Lack of severe bleeding, lack pid'yasennoho tartar, granulation and epithelial
vrosshoho
C. Complete absence of bleeding
D. Clear tightly to the teeth
E. Lack of granulation and epithelial vrosshoho
338. One kind of treatment of periodontal pathology is holding scrappy operations. The
purpose of data on periodontal surgery are:
A. Eliminate inflammation and inhibition of degeneration of periodontal tissue
B. * Elimination of periodontal pockets and correction of defects in alveolar bone
C. Eliminate bone pockets and stimulation of trophic disorders
D.
E.
339.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
340.
A.
B.
C.
All answers are correct
There is no right answer
Through a study of the degree of traumatic occlusion?
Odontoparodontohramy
Panoramic x-rays
* Oklyuzohramy
Elektrorenthenohramy
Telerenthenohrafiyi
The purpose of the temporary splinting are:
Stabilization of mobile teeth before the permanent prosthesis
* Immobilization mobile teeth during therapeutic and surgical treatment
Creating conditions gingival fixing bandages for highly mobile and lonely standing
teeth
D. Destabilization of moving teeth before surgery.
E. There is no right answer
341. Neutralization hlornovatystokysloho sodium in periodontal pockets during chemical
curettage is performed using:
A. 5% solution of acetic acid
B. 5% solution of phosphoric acid
C. * 5% citric acid solution
D. 5% solution of hydrochloric acid
E. 5% solution of nitric acid
342. What neutralizes acid sodium hlornovatystokyslyy for chemical curettage?
A. * 5% citric acid solution
B. 5% solution of phosphoric acid
C. 5% solution of acetic acid
D. 5% solution of hydrochloric acid
E. 5% solution of nitric acid
343. Before conducting the procedure pryshlifuvannyam selective definition of premature
contacts. Up to 1 class a Jankelson include:
A. A. * Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of the buccal hillocks lower lateral
vestibular surface of the teeth and lower front teeth.
B. Contacts on oral surfaces hillocks upper palatal lateral teeth.
C. Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of palatal tubercles upper lateral teeth.
D. Premature contacts on the cutting edge
E. All answers are correct
344. Identify and eliminate premature contacts Jankelson recommends situation:
A. * Only the central occlusion
B. Central and distal
C. Distal and anterior
D. Central and anterior
E. In all three positions occlusion
345. The depth of periodontal pockets in periodontitis to 4 mm. What treatment is
recommended in this case?
A. Loskutnu operation
B. Loskutnu operation using osteoplastychnyhyaterialiv
C. * Closed curettage
D. Open curettage
E. By directing tissue regeneration
346. When flap surgery, the surgeon holds the following sections:
A. Continuous hirlyandopodibnyy cut
B. Oblique incision interdental papillae
C. Two vertical incisions in the direction of the transition folds on top of interdental
papillae
D. D. * Two vertical incisions in the direction of the transition folds passing interdental
papillae
E. There is no right answer
347. The patient is recommended to curettage. Interval for this operation in the area of
different groups of teeth is:
A. 1-2 days
B. * 2-3 days
C. 3-4 days
D. 5-6 days
E. 10 days
348. Treatment of systemic hyperesthesia conducted by:
A. * Electrophoresis 2% solution of sodium fluoride
B. Electrophoresis solution vitamin D
C. Electrophoresis Tren tal
D. Electrophoresis AESCUSAN
E. Electrophoresis maraslavinu
349. What is the cut operation is carried out at an open curettage:
A. oblique incision interdental papillae to the bottom pocket only vestibular side
B. oblique incision interdental papillae to the bottom pocket only Oral
C. * Oblique incision interdental papillae to the bottom pockets on both sides
D. hirlyandopodibnyy cut gums
E. vertical incision papillae of Oral
350. Operation curettage was first held:
A. Junger
B. Registrar
C. Znamensky
D. * Rigg
E. Tseshynskyy
351. Chemical curettage was first proposed:
A. Junger
B. Registrar
C. * Kenny
D. Rigg
E. Tseshynskyy
352. To protect the hard tissue of teeth with kriokyuretazhi cultivated?
A. Eugenol
B. Sea buckthorn oil
C. Vitamin E
D. * Vaseline
E. Metrogyl-Dent
353. Over time passes coagulation in periodontal pockets?
A. 1-2 sec.
B. 30 seconds.
C. * 02.04 sec.
D. 5-10 seconds.
E. 20-40 sec.
354. Solving problems which poses a orthopedic treatment of periodontal disease?
A. * Removal of traumatic occlusion
B. eliminate abnormal motion
C. prevent displacement of teeth
D. combining into a single unit all teeth
E. all of the above is true
355. Membranes that are not biodegradable removed because:
A. After 2 weeks
B. After 3 weeks
C. After 5 weeks
D. After 6 weeks
E. * After months of
356. The patient had kriokyuretazh periodontal pockets. What tactics doctor in the first
24-48 hours after the procedure?
A. Assign spray with halaskorbinom 6-8 times a day
B. Hold intensive processing antiseptic
C. Circulation insulating periodontal bandage
D. * Apply enzymes and antibiotics
E. There is no right answer
357. What is the depth of carving gum periodontal pockets during operation simple
hinhivektomiyi?
A. At ½ pocket depth
B. At 1/3 the depth of the pocket
C. At 2/3 the depth of the pocket
D. * At the depth of the pocket
E. There is no right answer
358. When the transaction curettage doctor should follow the following basic principles:
A. complete anesthesia operated tissues;
B. careful attitude to the tissues in the area of manipulation:
C. organization of blood clot and his defense:
D. perfect compliance with the rules of hygiene in the postoperative period.
E. * All answers are correct
359. What type of curettage most effective in generalized periodontitis III. gravity?
A. Outdoor and vacuum - curettage
B. * Vacuum - curettage, cryo - curettage
C. Open curettage
D. Closed curettage
E. Open and closed curettage
360. What is the method of hyperbaric oxygenation?
A. * Introduction submucous transitional folds 5 ml of oxygen
B. Introduction submucous transitional folds 10 ml of oxygen
C. Introduction submucous transitional folds trypsin
D. Introduction submucous transitional folds prodektynu
E. Introduction submucous transitional folds mevakoru
361. A patient with periodontal disease will be carried out by hyperbaric oxygenation. The
basis of this method is:
A. * Introduction submucous transitional folds 5 ml of oxygen
B. Introduction submucous transitional folds 10 ml of oxygen
C. Introduction submucous transitional folds trypsin
D. Introduction submucous transitional folds prodektynu
E. Introduction submucous transitional folds mevakoru
362. After the operation kriokyuretazhuepitelizatsiya section is operated by:
A. 7 days
B. 21 days
C. * For 14 days
D. 10 days
E. 30 days
363. Periodontal surgery is intended to:
A. Anti-inflammatory and desensitizing effect
B. Removal of foci intoxication
C. * Elimination of periodontal pockets and creating conditions for the stabilization
process in the periodontal tissues
D.
E.
364.
A.
Creating the conditions for the regeneration of alveolar bone.
There is no right answer
Premature contacts in Class 2 Jankelson, is:
Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of buccal hillocks lower lateral
vestibular surface of the teeth and lower front teeth.
B. * Contacts on oral surfaces hillocks upper palatal lateral teeth
C. Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of palatal tubercles upper lateral teeth.
D. Premature contacts on the cutting edge
E. All answers are correct
365. The phenomenon of osteosclerosis is a pathological process that:
A. Accompanied by a decrease in bone trabeculae per unit volume
B. Accompanied by functional and structural changes ZSCHS
C. * Accompanied by an increase in bone trabeculae per unit volume
D. Accompanied by a full bone resorption without any manifestations of its replacement
E. There is no right answer
366. What method of treatment used for the pathologic tooth mobility in order to stabilize
them?
A. Closed curettage
B. Selective pryshlifuvannya
C. Suction curettage
D. Loskutnu operation
E. * Temporary splinting
367. Operation curettage performed strictly in certain stages, namely:
A. processing operating margins yodvmisnymy solutions
B. remove tartar and tooth damaged cement
C. deepithelization pocket
D. curettage of bone edge alveoli
E. * All answers are correct
368. Operation hinhivektomiyi in the frontal area is limited to:
A. 2.3 teeth
B. * 4-6 teeth
C. 6.8 teeth
D. 2.1 teeth
E. 4.3 teeth
369. Content curettage of periodontal pockets was first held in:
A. 1892,
B. 1902,
C. 1909,
D. * 1867
E. 1899,
370. First operation of chemical curettage was performed in
A. * 1981
B. 1902,
C. 1971,
D. 1867,
E. 1899,
371. Periodontal disease can be treated with:
A. Anti-inflammatory and desensitizing therapy
B. Surgical treatment and krioterapiyiyi
C. * Osteotropic and remineralization therapy
D. Sclerotherapy
E. Antibacterial and immunostimulatory therapy.
372. Objectives of curettage:
A. Remove vrostayuchi strands of epithelium
B. The elimination of periodontal pockets
C. * Erasing periodontal pocket
D. Create conditions for anti-inflammatory therapy
E. Remove abnormal granulation
373. In a kriokyuretazhu in periodontal pockets cryoprobe creates such temperature:
A. * -60 - 1400 C
B. -20 - 1000 C
C. -50 - 800 C
D. - 45 - 1050 C
E. - 140 - 2200 C
374. Kriokyuretazh involves the use of cryoprobe. Exposure time during the procedure:
A. 50 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
B. * 30 sec. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
C. 10 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
D. 40 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
E. 20 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
375. Each patient is assigned a flap operation should undergo preoperative preparation for
2-4 weeks. What does it include?
A. teaching oral care
B. elimination of traumatic occlusion
C. conservative treatment of periodontitis, after which the surgery is carried out not
earlier than 2 weeks and not later than 3 months
D. dental health: replacement of substandard seals
E. * All of the above is true
376. When periodontal disease using temporary splinting. What requirements must they
meet?
A. evenly distribute pressure on carts chewing teeth
B. not interfere medicamentous and surgical treatment
C. not to injure the mucosa
D. reliably capture all moving teeth
E. * All of the above is true
377. Biological membranes perform a role, namely:
A. create the possibility of regeneration for periodontal ties
B. prevent apical migration of epithelium
C. restrict the germination of gingival tissue in the defect area
D. create the possibility of regeneration of the adjacent alveolar bone
E. * All of the above is true
378. Preparations of calcium used in the treatment of periodontal disease are divided into:
A. 2 groups
B. 4 groups
C. 5 groups
D. * 3 groups
E. 1 group
379. Operation is simple hinhivektomiyi has several stages. Which of the following
applies to them?
A. remove gum from the edge of Language (palatal) and vestibular sides parallel
gingival margin with regard to uneven depth pockets
B. stop the bleeding
C. open curettage of granulation and pathologically altered bone alveolar process
D. pid'yasennoho removal of tartar
E. * All of the above is true
380. When diagnosed with chronic generalized periodontitis II severity recommended
surgery. What does it take into account when choosing surgery?
A. The depth of periodontal pockets
B.
C.
D.
E.
Complaints patient
Duration of disease
Age of the patient
* The depth of periodontal pockets, the general condition of the patient, the patient's
age
381. Operation curettage performed at:
A. Severe forms of periodontitis
B. Mild forms of periodontal disease
C. Profound clinical and bone pockets
D. Failure of conservative treatment of periodontal pockets of 5 mm.
E. * All answers are correct
382. The method of local hypothermia in the treatment of periodontal disease based on ::
A. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen at a temperature of 12-14 1:9 0
B. * Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen at a temperature of 12-14 9:1 0
C. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen at a temperature of 20-25 9:1 0
D. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen at a temperature of 20-25 1:9 0
E. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen 9:1 at 16
383. When periodontal disease often occur premature contacts. Their treatment is carried
out by ::
A. Closed curettage
B. * Sample pryshlifuvannya
C. Suction curettage
D. Loskutnoyi operation
E. Temporary splinting
384. An indication of the effectiveness of curettage gingival and periodontal pockets in
the implementation are:
A. Lack pid'yasennoho tartar
B. * Lack of severe bleeding, lack pid'yasennoho tartar, granulation and epithelial
vrosshoho
C. Complete absence of bleeding
D. Clear tightly to the teeth
E. Lack of granulation and epithelial vrosshoho
385. Operation hinhivotomiyi is:
A. Removing ash to a depth of periodontal pockets
B. * Autopsy gum
C. Open curettage
D. Stool periodontal abscess
E. Disclosure of a single deep periodontal pockets
386. Surgical treatment of periodontitis applies to:
A. Sclerotherapy
B. Stimulant therapy
C. Immunosuppressive therapy
D. * Antibiotic therapy
E. Proteolytic enzymes.
387. In Jankelson there are 3 classes of premature contacts. Up to 3 classes are:
A. Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of buccal hillocks lower lateral
vestibular surface of the teeth and lower front teeth.
B. Contacts on oral surfaces hillocks upper palatal lateral teeth.
C. * Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of palatal tubercles upper lateral teeth
D. Premature contacts on the cutting edge
E. All answers are correct
388. Operation of deepithelization pocket is:
A. Remove the damaged cement
B. * Removal of granulation and ingrown pocket epithelium
C. treatment of periodontal pockets yodvmisnymy solutions
D. periodontal pocket irrigation with antiseptic solutions under pressure
E. no right answer
389. In the lateral area of operation is limited hinhivektomiyi so many teeth?
A. * 3.2
B. 4.6
C. 6.8
D. 2.1
E. 4.3
390. Which of the following is used for chemical curettage?
A. A solution of potassium hlornovatystokysloho
B. * A solution of sodium hlornovatystokysloho
C. A solution of magnesium hlornovatystokysloho
D. A solution of calcium hlornovatystokysloho
E. Solution hlornovatystokysloho iron
391. The exclusion zone of necrosis at kriokyuretazhi passes after surgery:
A. At 1-2 days
B. At 3-4 days
C. * At 4-5 days
D. For 6-7 days
E. For 8-9 days
392. What preparation take a seat in periodontal pockets with flap operation?
A. "Collapan"
B. "Hapkol"
C. "Kerhap"
D. "BioResorb
E. * All of the used
393. When was the ability of periodontal relationships grow into the space between the
membrane and the surface of the root
A. 1,982
B. 1,981
C. 1,985
D. * 1984
E. 1,990
394. Depending on the nature of the process, the causes and mechanisms of development
of periodontitis treatment may be:
A. Causal
B. Pathogenetic
C. Symptomatic
D. Pathogenetic combined with symptomatic
E. * All answers are correct
395. Treatment of periodontal disease should be directed to:
A. Elimination of inflammation in periodontal
B. Strengthening overall health
C. Increasing the body's defenses
D. Removing the causes of disease
E. * All answers are correct
396. Regardless of the form and stage of the pathological process in periodontal topical
treatment begins with:
A. * Thorough removal of dental plaque
B. Appointment of antibiotics
C. Treatment of somatic pathology
D. Appointment of antihistamines
E. Conducting correction of the gastrointestinal tract
397. Local treatment of periodontal disease include:
A. Elimination of defects fillings and prosthetics
B. Clinical observation of the patient
C. * That's right
D. Consultation gastroenterologist
E. Consultation endocrinologist
398. Local treatment of periodontal disease include:
A. Remove excess filling material from interdental spaces
B. Removing improperly manufactured dental bridges
C. Removal of crowns that go deep under the gums
D. Timely replacement
E. * That's right
399. Contraindications to the use of immunotherapy:
A. Cardio - vascular insufficiency
B. Leukemia
C. Mental Illness
D. * All of the above is true
E. Neoplasm
400. General treatment of periodontitis include:
A. Treatment of somatic pathology
B. Regulation of reactivity
C. Generall therapy
D. Activation of metabolic processes
E. * All of the above is true
401. Treatment somatic diseases carried by dentists with:
A. Gastroenterologist
B. Neurologist
C. Cardiologist
D. Endocrinologist
E. * All the experts
402. In terms of antimicrobial treatment for acute periodontitis with symptoms of abscess
designate
A. Vitamins
B. Tranquilizers
C. Hormones
D. * Antibiotics
E. Stimulants
403. Which course of drug treatment Biosed that is a biogenic stimulator?
A. 5.1 Injection
B. 2 injections
C. * 25-30 injections
D. 20 injections
E. 30 injections
404. How many injections provides treatment Plasmol?
A. 2
B. 5
C. 7
D. * 10
E. 15
405. Immunal - is:
A. A. * immunomodulators of plant origin
B. Biogenic stimulator
C. Antihistamine
D. Antibiotic
E. Steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
406. Diet therapy consisting of combined treatment of periodontitis are:
A. * Mandatory
B. Optionally
C. Partially necessary
D. In certain cases
E. There is no right answer
407. What drug is prescribed to patients with periodontitis and concomitant hypertension
1 degree?
A. Tavegil
B. Suprastin
C. * Clonidine with hypothiazide
D. Levamisole
E. Clotrimazole
408. According to the pathological changes that are gingivitis belongs to:
A. * Inflammatory diseases
B. Inflammatory and degenerative diseases
C. Degenerative diseases
D. Tumor diseases
E. There is no right answer
409. During a routine inspection, the patient revealed catarrhal gingivitis. What is the
earliest clinical sign of inflammation in the gums?
A. * Warp gingival papillae
B. Cyanosis gum
C. Gingival pocket to 3 mm
D. Bleeding in probing
E. Puffiness gum
410. Inflammatory periodontal tissues characterized by the emergence of false pockets.
Within the tissue it is located:
A. * Ash
B. Ash and periodontal
C. Ash, periodontal and bone alveolus
D. Periodontal bone and alveoli
E. There is no right answer.
411. Clinical edematous form of hypertrophic gingivitis characterized by gingival
pockets. Within the tissue they are located in this disease:
A. * Within the gums
B. Within the gingival and periodontal
C. Within the gums, periodontal and bone alveolus
D. Within periodontal and bone alveolus
E. There is no right answer.
412. The clinical picture of granulating form hypertrophic gingivitis occurs:
A. Morbidity and rozpushenist gum
B. Significant bleeding gums
C. Pronounced gingival cyanosis
D. Desquamation of the epithelium gingival papillae
E. * All of the above
413. The clinical picture of ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis occurs:
A. Pain gums
B. Bad Breath
C. Necrotic phenomena in the gums
D. Enlargement of regional lymph nodes
E. * All of the above
414. Patient undergoing treatment hypertrophic gingivitis. A time to repeat injection
during deep sklerotyzatsiyi:
A. Day
B. * Week
C. Month
D. 1 time in 2 weeks
E. 1 every three days
415. What is the minimum course of treatments with superficial sklerotyzatsiyivahotylom
A. 6 days
B. Week
C. * 3 days
D. Month
E. 2 months
416. Surface application by Ovrutskom this:
A. Applications vagotilom
B. Applications celandine
C. Applications glucose
D. * Applications neotsydu
E. Applications hlorfilipt
417. What course of treatments with superficial sklerotyzatsiyi celandine on Udovytska O.
A. 20 procedures
B. * 10 sessions
C. 30 procedures
D. 40 procedures
E. 15 procedures
418. According topography - the anatomical structure of the alveolar part of the gums - is:
A. Gingival papilla and gums around the tooth
B. Naturally, the surrounding tooth
C. * Clear, covering alveolar bone
D. Gingival groove
E. There is no right answer
419. The final phase of treatment of ulcerative gingivitis characterized using keratoplasty.
Which of the following drugs belongs to this group:
A. Trypsin
B. Chymotrypsin
C. Trihopol
D. * Eugenol
E. Chlorhexidine
420. In patients diagnosed with ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis. Clinical and morphological
characteristics of a given zahvoryuyutsya occur due to:
A. * Alteration and necrosis
B. Proliferation
C. Edema and inflammatory infiltration
D. All answers are correct
E. There is no right answer
421. Treatment of any disease has causal, pathogenetic and symptomatic therapy.
Symptomatic therapy is:
A. Medicamentous influence on pathophysiological links inflammation
B. Identify and address local exogenous factors
C. * Elimination of certain symptoms of periodontal disease
D. There is no right answer
E. All answers are correct
422. X-ray picture of acute catarrhal gingivitis medium severity:
A. Cortical plate interdental septum rozrushena
B. Cortical plate and bone interdental septum is preserved, osteosclerosis
C. Loss of interdental bone septum ½ lengths on the roots of teeth
D. * No changes
E. There is no right answer
423. For which of these therapies used these drugs vagotilom, maraslavin, celandine?
A. Causal treatment
B. Pathogenetic therapy
C. Symptomatic therapy
D. * Sclerotherapy
E. There is no right answer
424. In hypertrophic gingivitis perform operation hinhivektomiyi. At what angle to the
axis of the tooth hold the cut at this surgical intervention?
A. 450
B. 500
C. * 600
D. 900
E. 300
425. A patient diagnosed with hypertrophic gingivitis (swelling form). Morphologically,
the disease manifests itself:
A. Fibroblast proliferation, parakeratosis phenomena
B. * Vasodilatation, edema of the connective tissue elements
C. Lymphocytic infiltration, coarsening of collagen fibers
D. Vasoconstriction, acanthosis mucosa.
E. All answers are correct
426. X-ray picture of acute ulcerative necrotic gingivitis light severity:
A. * Cortical plate and bone interdental septum saved
B. Cortical plate interdental septum is preserved, bone loss at 1/3 the length of the root
C. Cortical plate interdental septum rozrushena, bone loss at ½ the length of the root
D. All answers are correct
E. There is no right answer
427. Surface sklerotyzatsiyi Udovytska the method is:
A. Processing pockets vagotilom
B. Processing pockets celandine and putting in your pocket honsurydu
C. * Processing pockets celandine
D. Processing pockets maraslavinom
E. There is no right answer
428. A patient diagnosed with puffy shape hypertrophic gingivitis. Morphologically
feature under persistent edema are:
A. * Slowly disappearing recess in place of the pressure with a blunt object
B. Thickening of collagen fibers
C. Phenomena couple keratosis
D. Proliferation of fibroblasts
E. There is no right answer
429. X-ray picture of acute catarrhal gingivitis is characterized by:
A. Resorption top interdental partitions
B. Serednovohnyschevym osteoporosis
C. * No changes of bone
D. Osteolizysom.
E. All answers are correct
430. Patient delivered dentist diagnosed acute catarrhal gingivitis. What are the main
complaints with the will of the patient:
A. Swelling of the gums
B. Pain
C. Violation of chewing
D. Bleeding
E. * All answers are correct
431. Treatment of any disease has causal, pathogenetic and symptomatic therapy. Causal
treatment is:
A. * Medicamentous influence on pathophysiological links inflammation
B. Identify and address local exogenous factors
C. Eliminate some symptoms of periodontal disease
D. There is no right answer
E. All answers are correct
432. In the study of smears taken from surface ulcers in a patient with ulcerative necrotic
gingivitis find:
A. Staphylococci and spirochete
B. * Spirochetes and fuzobakteriyi
C. Fuzobakteriyi and lactobacilli
D. Spirochetes and lactobacilli
E. Lactobacillus and Staphylococcus
433. Patient delivered dentist diagnosis puffy form hypertrophic gingivitis. What are the
main complaints with the will of the patient:
A. Deformation gingival papillae
B. Cutting congestion gingival papillae
C. Swelling
D. Bleeding
E. * All answers are correct
434. Patient delivered dentist diagnosed fibrous form of hypertrophic gingivitis. What are
the signs while the patient will:
A. Elephantiasis gum
B. Lack of bleeding
C. Hyperplasia gingival papillae
D. Roundness gingival papillae
E. * All of the above
435. On examination, the patient was determined PMA index. Which severity of gingivitis
will match the index of 31-60%?
A. Very easy
B. light
C. * Average
D. heavy
E. very difficult
436. Morphologically all clinical signs in catarrhal gingivitis occur due to:
A. Alteration and necrosis
B. Proliferation
C. * Edema and inflammatory infiltration
D. All answers are correct
E. There is no right answer
437. What formations occur in edematous form of hypertrophic gingivitis as a result of
late edema and hyperplasia:
A. Periodontal pockets
B. Ulcers
C. Syphiloma
D. * Gingival pockets
E. Papilloma
438. Which of the following diseases characterized by false pockets:
A. Periodontitis
B. Periodontal Disease
C. * Hypertrophic gingivitis
D. Epulisu
E. Syndrome Papiyona-Lefebvre
439. When treating gingivitis used indoor and outdoor treatments. Outdoor treatment is:
A. Hardening gingival bandages
B. * Intensive care without imposing gingival dressings
C. Therapeutic gingival bandages
D. Elektoforeziosteotropnyh drugs.
E. There is no right answer
440. Which numeric value corresponds to the normal gingival sulcus depth?
A. 1-1.5 mm
B. 0.2-0.5 mm
C. * 0.5-1 mm
D. 2-3 mm
E. 3-5 mm.
441. What is the cause of the ulcer-necrotic stomatitis?
A. Periostitis
B. * Perykoronaryt
C. Periodontitis
D. Caries
E. Pulpitis
442. Gingivitis manifested form false pockets. Pocket defined by:
A. Radiologically
B. Morphologically
C. Microscopically
D. Histologically
E. * Clinically
443. In which of the following diseases is most common ulcer-necrotic gingivitis:
A. Syphilis
B. Sugar diabetes
C. Gastric
D. Pyelonephritis
E. * HIV
444. PMA index equal to 75%. Which severity of gingivitis meets this value?
A. Very easy
B. light
C. average
D. * Heavy
E. very difficult
445. Bleeding during the initial stages of chronic catarrhal gingivitis appears:
A. Without permission
B. When eating
C. * When the mechanical stress
D. With a slight touch
E. When brushing teeth
446. Which of the following gingivitis observed pronounced breath of sweet taste?
A. Hypertrophic fibrous form
B. Hypertrophic, puffy shape
C. * Ulcer-necrotic
D. Catarrhal
E. Deskvamativny
447. Which of the following is used in the treatment of ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis as
keratoplasty?
A. Furatsillina
B. Furadonin
C. Peroxide
D. Vagotilom
E. * Sea buckthorn oil
448. Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis well to treatment. However, no effect of treatment
recommended a blood test:
A. In sugar
B. Biochemical
C. C-reactive protein
D. * The HIV
E. In lactate dehydrogenase
449. According to the pathological changes that are gingivitis belongs to:
A. * Inflammatory diseases
B. Inflammatory and degenerative diseases
C. Degenerative diseases
D. Tumor diseases
E. There is no right answer
450. The clinical picture of granulating form hypertrophic gingivitis occurs:
A. Morbidity and rozpushenist gum
B. Significant bleeding gums
C. Pronounced gingival cyanosis
D. Desquamation of the epithelium gingival papillae
E. * All of the above
451. The clinical picture of ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis occurs:
A. Pain gums
B. Bad Breath
C. Necrotic phenomena in the gums
D. Enlargement of regional lymph nodes
E. * All of the above
452. Patient undergoing treatment hypertrophic gingivitis. A time to repeat injection
during deep sklerotyzatsiyi:
A. Day
B. * Week
C. Month
D. 1 time in 2 weeks
E. 1 every three days
453. Patient undergoing treatment hypertrophic gingivitis. A time to repeat injection
during surface sklerotyzatsiyivahotylom:
A. * Day
B. Week
C. Month
D. 1 time in 2 weeks
E. 1 every three days
454. What is the minimum course of treatments with superficial sklerotyzatsiyivahotylom
A. 6 days
B. Week
C. * 3 days
D. Month
E. 2 months
455. Surface application by Ovrutskom this:
A. Applications vagotilom
B. Applications celandine
C. Applications glucose
D. * Applications neotsydu
E. Applications hlorfilipt
456. What course of treatments with superficial sklerotyzatsiyi celandine on Udovytska O.
A. 20 procedures
B. * 10 sessions
C. 30 procedures
D. 40 procedures
E. 15 procedures
457. According topography - the anatomical structure of the alveolar part of the gums - is:
A. Gingival papilla and gums around the tooth
B. Naturally, the surrounding tooth
C. * Clear, covering alveolar bone
D. Gingival groove
E. There is no right answer
458. The final phase of treatment of ulcerative gingivitis characterized using keratoplasty.
Which of the following drugs belongs to this group:
A. Trypsin
B. Chymotrypsin
C. Trihopol
D. * Eugenol
E. Chlorhexidine
459. In patients diagnosed with ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis. Clinical and morphological
characteristics of a given zahvoryuyutsya occur due to:
A. * Alteration and necrosis
B. Proliferation
C. Edema and inflammatory infiltration
D. All answers are correct
E. There is no right answer
460. Treatment of any disease has causal, pathogenetic and symptomatic therapy.
Symptomatic therapy is:
A. Medicamentous influence on pathophysiological links inflammation
B. Identify and address local exogenous factors
C. * Elimination of certain symptoms of periodontal disease
D. There is no right answer
E. All answers are correct
461. X-ray picture of acute catarrhal gingivitis medium severity:
A. Cortical plate interdental septum rozrushena
B. Cortical plate and bone interdental septum is preserved, osteosclerosis
C. Loss of interdental bone septum ½ lengths on the roots of teeth
D. * No changes
E. There is no right answer
462. For which of these therapies used these drugs vagotilom, maraslavin, celandine?
A. Causal treatment
B. Pathogenetic therapy
C. Symptomatic therapy
D. * Sclerotherapy
E. There is no right answer
463. In hypertrophic gingivitis perform operation hinhivektomiyi.Pid angle to the axis of
the tooth hold the cut at this surgical intervention?
A. 450
B. 500
C. * 600
D. 900
E. 300
464. A patient diagnosed with hypertrophic gingivitis (swelling form). Morphologically
this zahvoryuvnnya shown:
A. Fibroblast proliferation, parakeratosis phenomena
B. * Vasodilatation, edema of the connective tissue elements
C. Lymphocytic infiltration, coarsening of collagen fibers
D. Vasoconstriction, acanthosis mucosa.
E. All answers are correct
465. X-ray picture of acute ulcerative necrotic gingivitis light severity:
A. * Cortical plate and bone interdental septum saved
B. Cortical plate interdental septum is preserved, bone loss at 1/3 the length of the root
C. Cortical plate interdental septum rozrushena, bone loss at ½ the length of the root
D. All answers are correct
E. There is no right answer
466. Surface sklerotyzatsiyi Udovytska the method is:
A. Processing pockets vagotilom
B. Processing pockets celandine and putting in your pocket honsurydu
C. * Processing pockets celandine
D. Processing pockets maraslavinom
E. There is no right answer
467. A patient diagnosed with puffy shape hypertrophic gingivitis. Morphologically
feature under persistent edema are:
A. * Slowly disappearing recess in place of the pressure with a blunt object
B. Thickening of collagen fibers
C. Phenomena couple keratosis
D. Proliferation of fibroblasts
E. There is no right answer
468. Renthenolohina picture of acute catarrhal gingivitis is characterized by:
A. Resorption top interdental partitions
B. Serednovohnyschevym osteoporosis
C. * No changes of bone
D. Osteolizysom.
E. All answers are correct
469. Patient delivered dentist diagnosed acute catarrhal gingivitis. What are the main
complaints with the will of the patient:
A. Swelling of the gums
B. Pain
C. Violation of chewing
D. Bleeding
E. * All answers are correct
470. Treatment of any disease has causal, pathogenetic and symptomatic therapy. Causal
treatment is:
A. * Medicamentous influence on pathophysiological links inflammation
B. Identify and address local exogenous factors
C. Eliminate some symptoms of periodontal disease
D. There is no right answer
E. All answers are correct
471. In the study of smears taken from surface ulcers in a patient with ulcerative necrotic
gingivitis find:
A. Staphylococci and spirochete
B. * Spirochetes and fuzobakteriyi
C. Fuzobakteriyi and lactobacilli
D. Spirochetes and lactobacilli
E. Lactobacillus and Staphylococcus
472. Patient delivered dentist diagnosis puffy form hypertrophic gingivitis. What are the
main complaints with the will of the patient:
A. Deformation gingival papillae
B. Cutting congestion gingival papillae
C. Swelling
D. Bleeding
E. * All answers are correct
473. Patient delivered dentist diagnosed fibrous form of hypertrophic gingivitis. What are
the signs while the patient will:
A. Elephantiasis gum
B. Lack of bleeding
C. Hyperplasia gingival papillae
D. Roundness gingival papillae
E. * All of the above
474. On examination, the patient was determined PMA index. Which severity of gingivitis
will match the index of 31-60%?
A. Very easy
B. light
C. * Average
D. heavy
E. very difficult
475. Morphologically all clinical signs in catarrhal gingivitis occur due to:
A. Alteration and necrosis
B. Proliferation
C. * Edema and inflammatory infiltration
D. All answers are correct
E. There is no right answer
476. What formations occur in edematous form of hypertrophic gingivitis as a result of
late edema and hyperplasia:
A. Periodontal pockets
B. Ulcers
C. Syphiloma
D. * Gingival pockets
E. Papilloma
477. Which of the following diseases characterized by false pockets:
A. Periodontitis
B. Periodontal Disease
C. * Hypertrophic gingivitis
D. Epulisu
E. Syndrome Papiyona-Lefebvre
478. When treating gingivitis used indoor and outdoor treatments. Outdoor treatment is:
A. Hardening gingival bandages
B. * Intensive care without imposing gingival dressings
C. Therapeutic gingival bandages
D. Elektoforeziosteotropnyh drugs.
E. There is no right answer
479. Which numeric value corresponds to the normal gingival sulcus depth?
A. 1-1.5 mm
B. 0.2-0.5 mm
C. * 0.5-1 mm
D. 2-3 mm
E. 3-5 mm.
480. Treatment of any disease has causal, pathogenetic and symptomatic therapy.
Pathogenetic therapy is:
A. * Medicamentous influence on pathophysiological links inflammation
B. Identify and address local exogenous factors
C. Eliminate some symptoms of periodontal disease
D. There is no right answer
E. All answers are correct
481. What is the cause of the ulcer-necrotic stomatitis?
A. Periostitis
B. * Perykoronaryt
C. Periodontitis
D. Caries
E. Pulpitis
482. Gingivitis manifested form false pockets. Pocket defined by:
A. Radiologically
B. Morphologically
C. Microscopically
D. Histologically
E. * Clinically
483. In which of the following diseases is most common ulcer-necrotic gingivitis:
A. Syphilis
B. Sugar diabetes
C. Gastric
D. Pyelonephritis
E. * HIV
484. PMA index equal to 75%. Which severity of gingivitis meets this value?
A. Very easy
B. light
C. average
D. * Heavy
E. very difficult
485. Bleeding during the initial stages of chronic catarrhal gingivitis appears:
A. Without permission
B. When eating
C. * When the mechanical stress
D. With a slight touch
E. When brushing teeth
486. Which of the following gingivitis observed pronounced breath of sweet taste?
A. Hypertrophic fibrous form
B. Hypertrophic, puffy shape
C. * Ulcer-necrotic
D. Catarrhal
E. Deskvamativny
487. Which of the following is used in the treatment of ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis as
keratoplasty?
A. Furatsillina
B. Furadonin
C. Peroxide
D. Vagotilom
E. * Sea buckthorn oil
488. Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis well to treatment. However, no effect of treatment
recommended a blood test:
A. In sugar
B. Biochemical
C. C-reactive protein
D. * The HIV
E. In lactate dehydrogenase
489. On a glass plate physician mixed chloramphenicol, sulfadimezin, calcium gluconate,
zinc oxide and vitamin E. What type of bandage is put on the patient?
A. Netverdiyucha
B. * Hardening
C. Elastic
D. Therapeutic
E. There is no right answer
490. Hardening periodontal dressings zamishuyutsya to:
A. Lanolin-petrolatum base
B. Water
C. Isotonic
D. Impression materials
E. * Oil solution
491. The structure of periodontal dressings must enter an antibacterial agent. Which of the
following is included in this group?
A. Methyluracil
B. Calcium gluconate
C. * Chloramphenicol
D. Sulphadimezin
E. Chlorhexidine
492. The value of health-protective dressings in treatment of periodontitis:
A. Create conditions for stabilizing mobile teeth
B. Leading to rapid cure periodontitis
C. * Ensure a long-term effect of medicines on periodontal tissue and create conditions
of calm in the affected area
D. Warns of atrophic and hyperplastic processes in periodontal tissues.
E. That's right
493. According to the method of curing periodontal dressings are divided into:
A. Therapeutic and insulating
B. Isolation and elastic
C. * Elastic, hardening and netverdiyuchi
D. Thermal and elastic
E. Hardening and netverdiyuchi
494. On a glass plate doctor mixed in equal proportions methyluracil, metrogil and zinc
oxide to rare - plastic consistency. What type of bandage is put on the patient?
A. Elastic
B. Hardening
C. * Netverdiyucha
D. Therapeutic
E. There is no right answer
495. At what minimum time imposed medical gingival dressing?
A. At 2:00
B. B. * The period during which inhibited the growth of pathogenic organisms
C. At 4:00
D. At the time allocation therapeutic dose ingredient.
E. That's right
496. Elastic bandages periodontal zamishuyutsya to:
A. Oil solution
B. Water
C. Isotonic
D. * Impression materials
E. Eugenol
497. How long after blending is correction dressings in the mouth?
A. After 1 Guolin
B. After 2-3 hours
C. * After 15-20 minutes
D. After 40 minutes
E. Not held
498. Absolute contraindications to the use of the closed method of treatment of
periodontal inflammation:
A. Severe hypersensitivity hard tissues
B. * Availability of dental plaque
C. The presence of erosive and ulcerative lesions
D. Significant purulent discharge from the periodontal pockets
E. Acute course of the inflammatory process in the periodontium.
499. Hardening periodontal dressings imposed on:
A. * 5-6 days
B. 2-3 hours
C. 1 week
D. 10 days
E. 14 days
500. Netverdiyuchi periodontal dressings imposed on:
A. 5-6 days
B. * 2-3 hours
C. 1 week
D. 10 days
E. 14 days
501. Netverdiyuchi periodontal dressings zamishuyutsya to:
A. * Lanolin-petrolatum base
B. Water
C. Isotonic
D. Impression materials
E. Oil solution
502. On a glass plate doctor mixed in equal proportions methyluracil, metrogil and upin.
What type of bandage is put on the patient?
A. Netverdiyucha
B. Hardening
C. * Elastic
D. Therapeutic
E. There is no right answer
503. How many groups are divided periodontal dressings on curing method?
A. 4
B. 5
C. 6
D. 2
E. * 3
504. The structure of periodontal dressings must enter sulfanilamides. Which of the
following is included in this group?
A. Chloramphenicol
B. Calcium gluconate
C. * Sulphadimezin
D. Tetracycline
E. Chlorhexidine
505. What drugs are used to stimulate epiteleutvorennya with gingivitis?
A. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory
B. Antiseptics
C. * Keratoplasty
D. Immunomodulators
E. Proteolytic enzymes
506. Which of the following drugs are used as a means nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory in
the treatment of catarrhal gingivitis?
A. Furatsillina
B. Peroxide
C. Chlorhexidine
D. Yodinola
E. * Mefenaminat sodium
507. Which of the following applies antiseptic to nitrofuran drugs?
A. Peroxide
B. Yodinola
C. Potassium permanganate
D. * Furatsillina
E. There is no right answer
508. Drugs which groups used in the final stage of the treatment of ulcerative gingivitis:
A. anesthetics;
B. enzymes;
C. sulfonamides;
D. * Keratoplasty;
E. no correct answer.
509. Which of the following antiseptic with prolonged use causes overgrowth?
A. Peroxide
B. Yodinola
C. Potassium permanganate
D. Furatsillina
E. * Chlorhexidine
510. Which of the following groups of drugs used to facilitate the rejection of necrotic
tissue?
A. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory
B. Antiseptics
C. Anesthetic
D. Immunomodulators
E. * Proteolytic enzymes
511. Which of the following drugs used in the final stage of treatment vyrazk.hinhivitu:
A. trypsin;
B. chymotrypsin;
C. trihopol;
D. * Sea buckthorn oil;
E. no correct answer.
512. Symptomatic therapy is:
A. Medicamentous influence on pathophysiological links inflammation
B. Identify and address local exogenous factors
C. * Elimination of certain symptoms of periodontal disease
D. There is no right answer
E. All answers are correct
513. Pathogenetic therapy is:
A. * Medicamentous influence on pathophysiological links inflammation
B. Identify and address local exogenous factors
C. Eliminate some symptoms of periodontal disease
D. There is no right answer
E. All
514. Depending on the nature of the process, the causes and mechanisms of development
of periodontitis treatment may be:
A. Causal
B. Pathogenetic
C. Symptomatic
D. Pathogenetic combined with symptomatic
E. * All answers are correct
515. Treatment of periodontal disease should be directed to:
A. Elimination of inflammation in periodontal
B. Strengthening overall health
C. Increasing the body's defenses
D. Removing the causes of disease
E. * All answers are correct
516. Regardless of the form and stage of the pathological process in periodontal topical
treatment begins with:
A. * Thorough removal of dental plaque
B. Appointment of antibiotics
C. Treatment of somatic pathology
D. Appointment of antihistamines
E. Conducting correction of the gastrointestinal tract
517. Local treatment of periodontal disease include:
A. Elimination of defects fillings and prosthetics
B. Clinical observation of the patient
C. * That's right
D. Consultation gastroenterologist
E. Consultation endocrinologist
518. Local treatment of periodontal disease include:
A. Remove excess filling material from interdental spaces
B. Removing improperly manufactured dental bridges
C. Removal of crowns that go deep under the gums
D. Timely replacement
E. * That's right
519. Contraindications to the use of immunotherapy:
A. Cardio - vascular insufficiency
B. Leukemia
C. Mental Illness
D. * All of the above is true
E. Neoplasm
520. General treatment of periodontitis include:
A. Treatment of somatic pathology
B. Regulation of reactivity
C. Generall therapy
D. Activation of metabolic processes
E. * All of the above is true
521. Treatment somatic diseases carried by dentists with:
A. Gastroenterologist
B. Neurologist
C. Cardiologist
D. Endocrinologist
E. * All the experts
522. In terms of antimicrobial treatment for acute periodontitis with symptoms of abscess
designate
A. Vitamins
B. Tranquilizers
C. Hormones
D. * Antibiotics
E. Stimulants
523. Which course of drug treatment Biosed that is a biogenic stimulator?
A. 5.1 Injection
B. 2 injections
C. * 25-30 injections
D. 20 injections
E. 30 injections
524. How many injections provides treatment Plasmol?
A. 2
B. 5
C. 7
D. * 10
E. 15
525. Immunal - is:
A. * Immunomodulators of plant origin
B. Biogenic stimulator
C. Antihistamine
D. Antibiotic
E. Steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
526. Diet therapy consisting of combined treatment of periodontitis are:
A. * Mandatory
B. Optionally
C. Partially necessary
D. In certain cases
E. There is no right answer
527. What drug is prescribed to patients with periodontitis and concomitant hypertension
1 degree?
A. Tavegil
B. Suprastin
C. * Clonidine with hypothiazide
D. Levamisole
E. Clotrimazole
528. In what year D.Ye.Kindiy and R.U.Anischenko proposed treatment of periodontitis
in patients with chronic gastritis by a special scheme
A. 1,901
B. * 1990
C. 1,932
D. 1,963
E. 1,978
529. Who of the research results the authors developed a special scheme for treatment of
periodontitis in patients with chronic gastritis
A. * D.Ye.Kindiy and R.U.Anischenko
B. E.V.Borovskyy
C. Yu.M.Maksymovskyy
D. V.S.Ivanov
E. V.F.Danylevskyy
530. Who are the scientists proposed a method of treatment in patients with periodontitis y
diabetes using medical paast Clotrimazole - Troxevasin - insulin?
A. * T.M.Kozub
B. D.E.Kindiy
C. R.I.Anischenko
D. V.I.Kalinin
E. E.V.Borovskyy
531. Sulfanilamide drugs prescribed for:
A. Mild periodontitis
B. * Exacerbative periodontitis, which is accompanied by fever and symptoms of
intoxication
C. Localized periodontitis
D. Periodontitis medium severity
E. In remission
532. Application sulfanilamides conduct:
A. Under the supervision reoparoontohrafiyi
B. Under the control of X-ray
C. * A dynamic control of clinical blood
D. Under the control of urinalysis
E. There is no correct answer
533. Which of the below listed drugs is not an antibiotic?
A. Rovamitsyn
B. Rondomitsyn
C. * Levamisole
D. Lincomycin
E. Penicillin
534. Patients with aggressive forms of periodontitis, women with periodontal
zaahvoryuvannyamy against menopause prescribe medication Fosfamaks:
A. * On 1 tab. daily for 6 months
B. At 3 tab. daily for 6 months
C. At 2 tab. daily for 6 months
D. On 1 tab. a day for 1 - year
E. On 1 tab. per day for 1 - month
535. Effects of the drug Fosfamaks in the treatment of periodontitis is:
A. Osteoklastychnoyi decrease bone resorption
B. Improve bone mineral density by 8-12%
C. Stimulation of reparative osteogenesis alveolar bone
D. * Improvement of bone
E. All of the above is true
536. What is the main biological effect of calcitonin?
A. Stimulation of metabolism
B. * Inhibition of bone resorption by inhibiting osteoklastychnoyi activity and reduce
the number of osteoclasts
C. Reduced permeability and capillary fragility
D. Speeds up wound healing
E. It stimulates the production of antibodies
537. What is the daily requirement of vitamin B15 for adults with periodontal disease?
A. 10-20 mg
B. 5-10 mg
C. 100-200 mg
D. 200-300 mg
E. * 100-300 mg
538. What is the daily requirement for vitamin B12 in the treatment of periodontal
disease?
A. : In
B. 10-20 mg
C. * 0.01-0.02 mg
D. 0.5 - 0.7 mg
E. 20-30 mg
539. When treating patients with periodontitis vitamins are usually administered in stock:
A. * Multivitamin preparations
B. Antihistamines
C. Hormonal drugs
D.
E.
540.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
541.
A.
Antibacterials
Immunomodulatory drugs
When generalized periodontitis treatment multivitamin preparations is:
5-6 weeks
2 months
6 months
* 3-4 weeks
4 months
The indications for the use of vitamin U (metylmetioninsulfaniyu chloride) are:
* Generalized periodontitis, which occurs against the background of the alimentary
canal
B. Generalized periodontitis that occurs on the background of diseases of the
cardiovascular system
C. Generalized periodontitis medium severity
D. Localized periodontitis
E. Periodontal Disease
542. Treatment immunomodulating drugs conducted:
A. * Under the control of immunological parameters
B. Under the supervision of a general analysis of blood
C. Do not hold control parameters
D. Under the control of biochemical analysis of blood
E. Under the supervision zahaalnoho urinalysis
543. Curative treatment the drug Miakaltsyk peredbachaaye its intranasal administration
of 1 dose. How many DoD active substance contained in 1 dose of this drug?
A. 500 IU
B. * 200 IU
C. 300 IU
D. 400 IU
E. 100 IU
544. Miakaltsyk drug has the following effect:
A. Regulates calcium homeostasis
B. Regulates bone metabolism
C. Has anti-inflammatory effect
D. Has aanalhetychnu and antihistamine action
E. * All of the above is true
545. Which way the drug Miakaltsyk?
A. Intralihamentarno
B. Orally
C. * Intranasal
D. Subcutaneous
E. Intramuscular
546. What are the possible side effects in patients using the drug at Miakaltsyk?
A. Redness of skin
B. Headache
C. Dizziness
D. * All possible
E. Nausea
547. What are the contraindications to the drug Miakaltsyk?
A. Reduced reactivity
B. Hypersensitivity to the drug and hypocalcemia
C. Reduced sensitivity to the drug
D. Hypercalcemia
E. * That's right
548. What is the effect of the drug Miakaltsyk in treatment of generalized periodontitis in
acute
A. Normalizes bone metabolism and skeletal alveolar bone
B. Inhibits bone resorption interdental membranes
C. Stimulates processes reosyfikatsiyi
D. Promotes clinical stabilization of the pathological process in the periodontal tissues
E. * All of the above is true
549. Symptomatic treatment prodonta includes:
A. Pain relief
B. Treatment hyperesthesia of hard tissues of teeth
C. * Eliminating local travmuyuchchyh factors
D. That's right
E. Selective pryshlifovuvannya teeth
550. Daily requirement for vitamin E in the treatment of periodontal disease are:
A. 100 - 200 mg
B. 50-100 mg
C. * -20 Mg
D. 50-60 mg
E. 10-15 mg
551. The daily requirement of vitamin B5 for the treatment of periodontitis is:
A. 200 mg
B. 100 mg
C. 150 mg
D. * 10-12 mg
E. 60-70 mg
552. The daily requirement of vitamin B6 for the treatment of periodontitis is:
A. * 2-2.5 mg
B. 20-30 mg
C. 40-50 mg
D. 30-40 mg
E. 10-20 mg
553. Drug Korberon are:
A. * Drug fluoride
B. Calcium supplementation
C. Potassium preparations
D. Enzyme preparations
E. Antibacterials
554. What group of drugs belonging Ossyn:
A. Groups of drugs that regulate calcium homeostasis
B. Groups of drugs with antyrezorbtsiynoyu action
C. * Groups of drugs that stimulate bone formation
D. Antiviral drugs
E. Antifungal drugs
555. Korberon drug belongs to:
A. Prytyhrybkovyh drugs
B. Groups of drugs with antyrezorbtsiynoyu action
C. * Groups of drugs that stimulate bone formation
D. Antiviral drugs
E. Antifungal drugs
556. Pathogenetic treatment of periodontal disease include:
A. Anti-inflammatory treatment
B. The effect on local factors regulating bone resorption alveolar bone
C. The effect on local factors of bone resorption
D. Incentive processes of reparative regeneration of periodontal tissue
E. * All answers are correct
557. Kaltsemin - a drug that belongs to the:
A. * Drugs that regulate calcium homeostasis
B. Antiviral drugs
C. Antiprotozoa drug
D. Groups drug VZ antyrezorbtsiynoyu action
E. Groups of drugs that stimulate bone formation
558. Etiotropic treatment of periodontal disease include:
A. Removal of dental plaque
B. Normalization oral cavity and gastro - intestinal tract
C. Antibiotic therapy
D. Treatment of somatic pathology with other medical specialties
E. * All of the above is true
559. Contraindications to the use of immunotherapy:
A. Cardio - vascular insufficiency
B. Leukemia
C. Mental Illness
D. Neoplasm
E. * All answers are correct
560. The daily requirement of vitamin B2 are:
A. 5-6 mg
B. * 2.5-3mg
C. 11-15 mg
D. 120-130 mg
E. 1-3mg
561. Patients aged 22 years treats acute periodontitis. What is the treatment of
periodontitis has primarily to be?
A. Symptomatic
B. Pathogenic
C. * Etiotropic
D. Orthopaedic
E. Drug
562. The aim of local treatment of periodontitis is:
A. Normalization of the microflora of the digestive system
B. Stimulation of the functional activity of the salivary glands
C. Treatment of physical and odontogenic infection
D. * Eliminating annoying factors, removing inflammation, normalize blood circulation
in the periodontal tissues
E. All answers are correct
563. General therapy of patients with periodontitis directed to:
A. Eliminating irritating factors
B. Normalization of blood circulation in the periodontal tissues
C. * Normalization reactivity organisms and regenerative processes of periodontal
tissues, treatment of somatic pathology
D. Treatment of odontogenic infection
E. Nutrition
564. Start topical treatment of periodontitis:
A. Antibiotic
B. Splinting of teeth
C. Installations antiseptic intermediaries
D. * Elimination of dental accretions defective orthopedic constructions
E. Anti-inflammatory therapy
565. Which of the following methods do not consider the methods of removing and
pidyasenevoho tartar.
A. Mechanical
B. Chemical
C. Physical
D. Combined
E. * Biological
566. What tools are used for mechanical removal method over and pidyasenevoho tartar?
A. Scalers.
B. 15% solution of EDTA
C. Saturated solution of hydroquinone
D. * Sickle hooks
E. 5% solution of ascorbic acid,
567. What tools are used in chemical methods of removal and pidyasenevoho tartar?
A. Scalers.
B. * 15% solution of EDTA
C. Rashpilni Smoothers
D. Sickle hooks
E. Excavators
568. What tools are used for physical removal method over and pidyasenevoho tartar?
A. * Scalers.
B. 15% solution of EDTA
C. Rubber cup using pastes
D. Sickle hooks
E. 5% solution of ascorbic acid,
569. Which of the following tools is used for mechanical removal method over and
pidyasenevoho tartar?
A. Rubber cup using pastes
B. Rashpilni Smoothers
C. C. * scalers
D. Excavator
E. Sickle hooks
570. Which of the following vehicles are not used in the chemical method of removing
and pidyasenevoho tartar?
A. 5% solution of citric acid.
B. 15% solution of EDTA
C. Saturated solution of hydroquinone
D. * Rubber cup using pastes
E. 5% solution of ascorbic acid,
571. Patients aged 33 years treats acute periodontitis. The doctor plans to Application
anesthesia. What preparation of the following are the most appropriate to use?
A. 3-5% solution of sodium salicylate
B. B. * 5-20% oily solutions anestezina
C. 1% solution of potassium permanganate
D. 0.2% hlorheksedynu bigluconate
E. 1% trihopolom
572. PATIENTS '35 treats acute periodontitis. The doctor plans to Application anesthesia
solution of propolis and dikaina. What preparation of listed below should be added to
potentiation of anesthesia?
A. * Dimeksida
B. Hlorheksedyn
C. 0.1% epinephrine
D. Diphenhydramine
E. Trihopol
573. PATIENTS '42 treats acute periodontitis. The doctor plans to Application anesthesia
butadionovoyu 5% ointment, which group related drugs phenylbutazone?
A. Steroidal anti-inflammatory
B. Narcotic analgesics
C. * Non-narcotic analgesics
D. Local anesthetic, esters
E. Local anesthetic, amides
574. On admission clinical periodontal patient doctor plans to Application anesthesia 5%
solution of sodium salicylate which group drugs include sodium salicylate?
A. Narcotic analgesics
B. Steroidal anti-inflammatory
C. Local anesthetic, esters
D. * Non-narcotic analgesics
E. Local anesthetic, amides
575. On admission clinical periodontal patient doctor plans to anesthesia. From history we
know that the patient is allergic to volatile anesthetics that drug from listed below should
be used in this clinical situation?
A. Procaine.
B. Novocaine.
C. Dikain.
D. Anestezin.
E. * Mepivakayin.
576. On admission clinical periodontal patient doctor plans to spend 10% pain relief
ointment oil solution anestezina which group drugs include benzocaine?
A. Narcotic analgesics
B. * Local anesthetic esters
C. Steroidal anti-inflammatory
D. Local anesthetic, amides
E. Non-narcotic analgesics
577. Periodontal patient doctor plans to apply for pain solution narcotic analgesics, the
below listed products belongs to this group
A. * Mefenamova acid
B. Dikain
C. Mepivakayin
D. Articaine
E. Salicylic acid
578. Periodontal patient doctor plans to apply for anesthesia ester local anesthetic agent of
the below listed products belongs to this group
A. Mefenamova acid
B. * Dikain
C. Mepivakayin
D. Salicylic acid
E. Articaine
579. Periodontal patient doctor plans to apply for pain medication amide local anesthetic
agent of the below listed products belongs to this group
A. Dikain
B. Mefenamova acid
C. Novocaine
D. * Articaine
E. Salicylic acid
580. Periodontal patient doctor plans to use anesthesia. Which of the below listed biogenic
stimulants have anesthetic effect.
A. Aloe
B. Juice of Kalanchoe
C. * Propolis
D. SOLCOSERYL
E. Aktovehil
581. When hyperesthesia naked neck teeth or exposed roots covered:
A. * Fluoride varnish
B. Lidokayinovym spray
C. Novocaine
D. Crowns
E. Dentin for bandages
582. What drugs should be used a woman 40 years at the final stage of treatment of ulcernecrotic gingivitis moderately.
A. Keratolityky
B. * Keratoplasty
C. Vitamins
D. Proteolytic enzymes
E. Antibiotics
583. During microscopic examination content periodontal pockets patient showed
symbiosis fuzobakteriy and trichomonads which drug the following to apply for this
patient?
A. Lincomycin
B. Ribonuclease
C. * Metronidazole
D. Nimesulide
E. Chloramphenicol
584. What organic acid from the following acids using pre-softening mineralized plaque
to facilitate their removal:
A. * Lemon
B. Peroxide
C. Salt
D. Bourne
E. Salicylic
585. When exposed necks of teeth and appearance hyperesthesia appoint electrophoresis:
A. Potassium iodide and dikaina
B. Dimeksida, fluorine and vitamin. PP
C. Dikainom, calcium and vitamin. B1
D. * Calcium and fluorine, novocaine and vitamin. B1
E. Dimeksida, potassium iodide
586. When severe bleeding and stagnation in the gums recommended electrophoresis
A. Potassium, Vit. C and P
B. Potassium iodide
C. * Calcium, vitamin C and P
D. Vit. A & E
E. Calcium chloride.
587. In patients aged S0 years diagnosed with acute ulcerative gingivitis moderately.
Which drugs should be applied to remove necrotic plaque:
A. Solution furatsilinom
B. * Iruksol
C. A solution of hydrogen peroxide
D. A solution of potassium permanganate
E. Chlorhexidine solution?
588. A patient aged S0 years diagnosed with acute ulcerative gingivitis moderately. Drugs
which group to apply the final stage of the treatment of this disease:
A. Keratolytic
B. Antibiotics
C. Antioxidants
D. * Keratoplastychni
E. Proteolytic enzymes?
589. Periodontal patient planning to apply for instillation of periodontal pockets antiseptic
herbal the below listed antiseptics in this case should be used?
A. Furatsillina
B. * Khlorophilipt
C. Chlorhexidine
D. Hypochlorite
E. Chloramine
590. Edema form of hypertrophic gingivitis doctor plans to use decongestants and caustic
agents such as instillation that preparations listed below should be used?
A. * Vagotilom, dimeksid
B. Hypochlorite, iodine
C. Chlorhexidine, alcohol
D. Salicyl alcohol, EDTA
E. Aloe, hypochlorite
591. Periodontal patient planning to use sclerotherapy that preparations listed below
should be used?
A. * 50% glucose, novembyhin
B. Calcium, Aloe
C. Potassium aloe
D. Vit. B1, iruksol
E. Vit. D, zinc oxide
592. On a glass plate physician mixed chloramphenicol, sulfadimezin, calcium gluconate,
zinc oxide and vitamin E. What type of bandage is put on the patient?
A. Netverdiyucha
B. * Hardening
C. Elastic
D. Therapeutic
E. There is no right answer
593. Hardening periodontal dressings zamishuyutsya to:
A. Lanolin-petrolatum base
B. Water
C. Isotonic
D. Impression materials
E. * Oil solution
594. The value of health-protective dressings in treatment of periodontitis:
A. Create conditions for stabilizing mobile teeth
B. Leading to rapid cure periodontitis
C. * Ensure a long-term effect of medicines on periodontal tissue and create conditions
of calm in the affected area
D. Warns of atrophic and hyperplastic processes in periodontal tissues.
E. That's right
595. According to the method of curing periodontal dressings are divided into:
A. Therapeutic and insulating
B. Isolation and elastic
C. * Elastic, hardening and netverdiyuchi
D. Thermal and elastic
E. Hardening and netverdiyuchi
596. On a glass plate doctor mixed in equal proportions methyluracil, metrogil and zinc
oxide to rare - plastic consistency. What type of bandage is put on the patient?
A. Elastic
B. Hardening
C. * Netverdiyucha
D. Therapeutic
E.
597.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
598.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
599.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
600.
A.
B.
C.
D.
There is no right answer
At what minimum time imposed medical gingival dressing?
At 2:00
* The period during which inhibited the growth of pathogenic organisms
At 4:00
At the time allocation therapeutic dose ingredient.
That's right
How long after blending is correction dressings in the mouth?
After 1 hour
After 2-3 hours
* After 15-20 minutes
After 40 minutes
Not held
Elastic bandages periodontal zamishuyutsya to:
Oil solution
Water
Isotonic
* Impression materials
Eugenol
Osteolizys this:
Pathological process, accompanied by a decrease in bone trabeculae per unit volume
Pathological process, accompanied by functional and structural changes ZSCHS
Pathological process, accompanied by an increase in bone trabeculae per unit volume
* Pathological process, accompanied by complete resorption of the bone without any
manifestations of its replacement
E. There is no right answer
601. Objective simple hinhivektomiyi?
A. Correction of defects of the alveolar process of the jaws
B. * Elimination of periodontal pocket =
C. Conducting vacuum curettage
D. Holding open curettage
E. Eliminate bone pocket
602. Disadvantages hinhivektomiyi operations are:
A. hyperesthesia bare roots to thermal stimuli
B. cosmetic defect after removal of gingival papillae
C. necks baring teeth
D. hyperesthesia bare roots to chemical stimuli
E. * All of the above is true
603. Hinhivotomiya - is:
A. Removing ash to a depth of periodontal pockets
B. * Autopsy gum
C. Open curettage
D. Stool periodontal abscess
E. Disclosure of a single deep periodontal pockets
604. Determination of traumatic occlusion carried out using:
A. Iodine solution
B. Magenta
C. * Wax plates
D. Desmodometra
E. Ehoosteometra
605. In what year was clinically proven ability periodontal relationships grow into the
space between the membrane and the surface of the root
A. 1,982
B. 1,981
C.
D.
E.
606.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
607.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
608.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
609.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
610.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
611.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
612.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
613.
A.
B.
C.
1,985
D. * 1984
1,990
Indications for use of the method of selective pryshlifovuvannya teeth:
Detection of premature tooth contacts in the central occlusion
Installing premature contacts and the presence of contacts only some teeth when
closing the jaws in any of the 4 occlusions
Lack of contact between groups of teeth-antagonists
Establishing contacts with premature closing of the jaws in the lateral and central
occlusion.
* All of the above is true
Removing tartar pid'yasennoho conduct:
By curettage of periodontal pockets
* During curettage of periodontal pockets
After the curettage pockets
A week before curettage
There is no right answer
Kalamkari recommended to detect and eliminate premature contacts in position:
Only the central occlusion
Central and distal
Distal and anterior
Central and anterior
* In all three positions occlusion
Curettage procedure recommended not more than:
4 times a year
5 times a year
* 2 times a year
3 times a year
1 every year
What limited number of teeth operation hinhivektomiyi in the side area?
* 3.2
4.6
6.8
2.1
4.3
The advantages of vacuum curettage is:
opportunity to process deeper pockets
opportunity to process bottom gingival pocket and adjacent bone
visual inspection complete curettage
relatively bloodless operative field
* All of the above is true
What are the basic principles of sampling with grinding teeth?
Zishlifovuvannya tissues within the thickness of the enamel layer, narrowing the
chewing surfaces, while providing expressiveness equator;
Zishlifovuvannya hard tissue on the occlusal surface is not made in the teeth, which
are the backbone that hold interalveolar distance
Teeth - antagonists in central occlusion should keep multiple buhorkovi - fisurnyy
contact.
Consider the position of teeth not only in the central occlusion
* All answers are correct
The literature curettage operation is called:
Real Viydmana-Neumann
Real-Viydmana Tseshynskoho
Real Tseshynskoho-Neumann
D.
E.
614.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
615.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
616.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
617.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
618.
A.
B.
C.
D.
* Method Jünger-registrar
Real Znamenskoye
Local therapy of periodontal disease include:
Training (control) patients the right care for your teeth.
Eliminating local irritating factors.
Treatment of systemic hyperesthesia, increased abrasion of hard tooth tissues.
Local application means that improve the trophic and microcirculation.
* All answers are correct
Indications for the kriokyuretazhu are:
Periodontal pocket depth of 5-7 mm
Hypertrophic gingivitis
Severe gum hypertrophy in periodontitis
Periodontal pockets with significant granulation
* All of the above is true
Over time passes epithelization operated sites at diathermocoagulation?
7 days
21 days
* For 10 - 14 days
Over 20 days
30 days
Which of the following is the manipulation stages patchwork operation?
vidseparuvannya muco-oxide flap of vestibular and language (palate) sides
cutting edge modified gums, granulation, and curettage
C. mobilization of mucous-oxide graft, stop bleeding
suture in each interdental spaces and vertical sections
* All of the above is true
What requirements must comply with barrier membrane?
have tissue integration
be impermeable to cells
maintain prolonged action to regenerate new tissue
D. inflammatory reaction that accompanies biorezorbtsiyu these membranes should
be minimal and reversible
E. * All of the above is true
619. With deep pockets of more than 5 mm is advisable to:
A. * Loskutnu operation
B. Vacuum curettage
C. Closed curettage
D. Open curettage
E. Kriokyuretazh
620. Osteodystrophy is:
A. Pathological process, accompanied by a decrease in bone trabeculae per unit volume
B. * Pathological process, accompanied by functional and structural changes ZSCHS
C. Pathological process, accompanied by an increase in bone trabeculae per unit volume
D. Pathological process, accompanied by complete resorption of the bone without any
manifestation of its replacement
E. There is no right answer
621. Patient M., 32 years old need to curettage gingival and periodontal pockets. The
criterion of efficiency curettage gingival and periodontal pockets in the implementation
are:
A. Lack pid'yasennoho tartar
B. * Lack of severe bleeding, lack pid'yasennoho tartar, granulation and epithelial
vrosshoho
C. Complete absence of bleeding
D. Clear tightly to the teeth
E.
622.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
623.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
624.
A.
B.
C.
Lack of granulation and epithelial vrosshoho
Objective scrappy operations periodontium:
Eliminate inflammation and inhibition of degeneration of periodontal tissue
* Elimination of periodontal pockets and correction of defects in alveolar bone
Eliminate bone pockets and stimulation of trophic disorders
All answers are correct
There is no right answer
The degree of traumatic occlusion is defined by:
Odontoparodontohramy
Panoramic x-rays
* Oklyuzohramy
Elektrorenthenohramy
Telerenthenohrafiyi
Temporary splinting is done to:
Stabilization of mobile teeth before the permanent prosthesis
* Immobilization mobile teeth during therapeutic and surgical treatment
Creating conditions gingival fixing bandages for highly mobile and lonely standing
teeth
D. Destabilization of moving teeth before surgery.
E. There is no right answer
625. What drug is held neutralization hlornovatystokysloho sodium in periodontal
pockets?
A. 5% solution of acetic acid
B. 5% solution of phosphoric acid
C. * 5% citric acid solution
D. 5% solution of hydrochloric acid
E. 5% solution of nitric acid
626. In one class of premature contacts on Jankelson include:
A. * Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of the buccal hillocks lower lateral
vestibular surface of the teeth and lower front teeth.
B. Contacts on oral surfaces hillocks upper palatal lateral teeth.
C. Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of palatal tubercles upper lateral teeth.
D. Premature contacts on the cutting edge
E. All answers are correct
627. Jankelson recommended to detect and eliminate premature contacts in position:
A. * Only the central occlusion
B. Central and distal
C. Distal and anterior
D. Central and anterior
E. In all three positions occlusion
628. With deep pockets to 4 mm is advisable to:
A. Loskutnu operation
B. Loskutnu deal with osteoplastic yaterialiv
C. * Closed curettage
D. Open curettage
E. By directing tissue regeneration
629. What incisions performed at flap operation?
A. Continuous hirlyandopodibnyy cut
B. Oblique incision interdental papillae
C. Two vertical incisions in the direction of the transition folds on top of interdental
papillae
D. * Two vertical incisions in the direction of the transition folds passing interdental
papillae
E. There is no right answer
630. Interval between curettage various groups of teeth is:
A. 1-2 days
B. * 2-3 days
C. 3-4 days
D. 5-6 days
E. 10 days
631. In the course of local therapy in the treatment of periodontal disease systemic
hyperesthesia use:
A. * Electrophoresis 2% solution of sodium fluoride
B. Electrophoresis solution vitamin D
C. Electrophoresis Tren tal
D. Electrophoresis AESCUSAN
E. Electrophoresis maraslavinu
632. When performing open curettage conduct:
A. oblique incision interdental papillae to the bottom pocket only vestibular side
B. oblique incision interdental papillae to the bottom pocket only Oral
C. * Oblique incision interdental papillae to the bottom pockets on both sides
D. hirlyandopodibnyy cut gums
E. vertical incision papillae of Oral
633. Who is the world's first operation applied curettage?
A. Junger
B. Registrar
C. Znamensky
D. * Rigg
E. Tseshynskyy
634. Who first proposed the use of chemical curettage surgery?
A. Junger
B. Registrar
C. * Kenny
D. Rigg
E. Tseshynskyy
635. What made treatment of hard tissues of teeth with kriokyuretazhi to prevent their
damage?
A. Eugenol
B. Sea buckthorn oil
C. Vitamin E
D. * Vaseline
E. Metrogyl-Dent
636. Time coagulation in the treatment of periodontal pockets is:
A. 1-2 sec.
B. 30 seconds.
C. * 02.04 sec.
D. 5-10 seconds.
E. 20-40 sec.
637. Orthodontic treatment of periodontal disease is aimed at solving specific problems,
namely:
A. * Removal of traumatic occlusion
B. eliminate abnormal motion
C. prevent displacement of teeth
D. combining into a single unit all teeth
E. all of the above is true
638. Because of time spend removing nerozsmoktuyuchyh membranes?
A. After 2 weeks
B. After 3 weeks
C. After 5 weeks
D. After 6 weeks
E. * After months of
639. Your tactics in the first 24-48 hours after an kriokyuretazhu periodontal pockets:
A. Assign spray with halaskorbinom 6-8 times a day
B. Hold intensive processing antiseptic
C. Circulation insulating periodontal bandage
D. * Apply enzymes and antibiotics
E. There is no right answer
640. In a simple operation carried hinhivektomiyi excision of gum at a certain depth of
periodontal pockets, namely:
A. At ½ pocket depth
B. At 1/3 the depth of the pocket
C. At 2/3 the depth of the pocket
D. * At the depth of the pocket
E. There is no right answer
641. The basic principles curettage are:
A. complete anesthesia operated tissues;
B. careful attitude to the tissues in the area of manipulation:
C. organization of blood clot and his defense:
D. perfect compliance with the rules of hygiene in the postoperative period.
E. * All answers are correct
642. In the treatment of periodontal disease carried hyperbaric oxygenation. This method
involves:
A. * Introduction submucous transitional folds 5 ml of oxygen
B. Introduction submucous transitional folds 10 ml of oxygen
C. Introduction submucous transitional folds trypsin
D. Introduction submucous transitional folds prodektynu
E. Introduction submucous transitional folds mevakoru
643. Over time passes epithelization operated sites at kriokyuretazhi?
A. 7 days
B. 21 days
C. * For 14 days
D. 10 days
E. 30 days
644. The goal of periodontal surgery:
A. Anti-inflammatory and desensitizing effect
B. Removal of foci intoxication
C. * Elimination of periodontal pockets and creating conditions for the stabilization
process in the periodontal tissues
D. Creating the conditions for the regeneration of alveolar bone.
E. There is no right answer
645. In Class 2 premature contacts on Jankelson include:
A. Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of buccal hillocks lower lateral
vestibular surface of the teeth and lower front teeth.
B. * Contacts on oral surfaces hillocks upper palatal lateral teeth
C. Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of palatal tubercles upper lateral teeth.
D. Premature contacts on the cutting edge
E. All answers are correct
646. Osteosclerosis is:
A. Pathological process, accompanied by a decrease in bone trabeculae per unit volume
B. Pathological process, accompanied by functional and structural changes ZSCHS
C. * Pathological process, accompanied by an increase in bone trabeculae per unit
volume
D. Pathological process, accompanied by complete resorption of the bone without any
manifestation of its replacement
E. There is no right answer
647. In the presence of abnormal mobility of teeth to create a calm periodontal tissues
using:
A. Closed curettage
B. Selective pryshlifuvannya
C. Suction curettage
D. Loskutnu operation
E. * Temporary splinting
648. Which of the following is the manipulation stages curettage?
A. processing operating margins yodvmisnymy solutions
B. remove tartar and tooth damaged cement
C. deepithelization pocket
D. curettage of bone edge alveoli
E. *all answers are correct
649. What limited number of teeth operation hinhivektomiyi in frontal area?
A. 2.3
B. * 4.6
C. 6.8
D. 2.1
E. 4.3
650. In what year was the first held scraping content periodontal pockets?
A. 1,892
B. 1,902
C. 1,909
D. * 1867
E. 1,899
651. In what year was the first operation conducted chemical curettage?
A. * 1981
B. 1,902
C. 1,971
D. 1,867
E. 1,899
652. Methods of treatment of periodontal disease:
A. Anti-inflammatory and desensitizing therapy
B. Surgical treatment and cryotherapy
C. * Osteotropic and remineralization therapy
D. Sclerotherapy
E. Antibacterial and immunostimulatory therapy.
653. Purpose curettage?
A. Remove vrostayuchi strands of epithelium
B. The elimination of periodontal pockets
C. * Erasing periodontal pocket
D. Create conditions for anti-inflammatory therapy
E. Remove abnormal granulation
654. What temperature creates a cryoprobe in periodontal pockets during kriokyuretazhi?
A. * -60 - 1400S
B. -20 - 1000 C
C. -50 - 800 C
D. - 45 - 1050 C
E. - 140 - 2200 C
655. Exposure time cryoprobe is:
A. 50 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
B.
C.
D.
E.
656.
A.
B.
C.
* 30 sec. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
10 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
40 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
20 seconds. twice with an interval of 5 minutes
That includes a preoperative preparation before the flap operation for 2-4 weeks?
teaching oral care
elimination of traumatic occlusion
C. conservative treatment of periodontitis, after which the surgery is carried out not
earlier than 2 weeks and not later than 3 months
D. dental health: replacement of substandard seals
E. * All of the above is true
657. Temporary bus must meet certain requirements, such as:
A. evenly distribute pressure on carts chewing teeth
B. not interfere medicamentous and surgical treatment
C. not to injure the mucosa
D. reliably capture all moving teeth
E. * All of the above is true
658. What is the role of biological membranes?
A. create the possibility of regeneration for periodontal ties
B. prevent apical migration of epithelium
C. restrict the germination of gingival tissue in the defect area
D. create the possibility of regeneration of the adjacent alveolar bone
E. * All of the above is true
659. How many groups are divided calcium supplements that are used in the treatment of
periodontal zayihvoryuvan?
A. 2
B. 4
C. 5
D. * 3
E. 1
660. Which of the manipulation operation is simple hinhivektomiyi stages:?
A. remove gum from the edge of Language (palatal) and vestibular sides parallel
gingival margin with regard to uneven depth pockets
B. stop the bleeding
C. open curettage of granulation and pathologically altered bone alveolar process
D. pid'yasennoho removal of tartar
E. * All of the above is true
661. Indications for the operation curettage:
A. Severe periodontitis
B. Mild form of periodontal disease
C. Deep pockets clinical and bone
D. Ineffectiveness of conservative treatment of periodontal pockets of 5 mm.
E. * All answers are correct
662. Local hypothermia in the treatment of periodontal disease include:
A. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen at a temperature of 12-14 1:9 0
B. * Cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen 9:1 at a temperature of 12-14 0
C. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen at a temperature of 20-25 9:1 0
D. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen at a temperature of 20-25 1:9 0
E. Use cooled gas mixture of oxygen and nitrogen 9:1 at 16
663. In violation of the uniformity of physiological attrition occlusal surface of teeth is
used:
A. Closed curettage
B. * Selective pryshlifuvannya
C. Suction curettage
D. Loskutnu operation
E. Temporary splinting
664. Patient M., 32 years old need to curettage gingival and periodontal pockets. The
criterion of efficiency curettage gingival and periodontal pockets in the implementation
are:
A. Lack pid'yasennoho tartar
B. * Lack of severe bleeding, lack pid'yasennoho tartar, granulation and epithelial
vrosshoho
C. Complete absence of bleeding
D. Clear tightly to the teeth
E. Lack of granulation and epithelial vrosshoho
665. Hinhivotomiya - is:
A. Removing ash to a depth of periodontal pockets
B. * Autopsy gum
C. Open curettage
D. Stool periodontal abscess
E. Disclosure of a single deep periodontal pockets
666. In combination with surgical treatment of periodontitis apply:
A. Sclerotherapy
B. Stimulant therapy
C. Immunosuppressive therapy
D. * Antibiotic therapy
E. Proteolytic enzymes.
667. Up to 3 classes of premature contacts on Jankelson include:
A. Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of buccal hillocks lower lateral
vestibular surface of the teeth and lower front teeth.
B. Contacts on oral surfaces hillocks upper palatal lateral teeth.
C. * Premature contacts on the vestibular surfaces of palatal tubercles upper lateral teeth
D. Premature contacts on the cutting edge
E. All answers are correct
668. Deepithelization pocket is:
A. Remove the damaged cement
B. * Removal of granulation and ingrown pocket epithelium
C. treatment of periodontal pockets yodvmisnymy solutions
D. periodontal pocket irrigation with antiseptic solutions under pressure
E. no right answer
669. What limited number of teeth operation hinhivektomiyi in the side area?
A. * 3.2
B. 4.6
C. 6.8
D. 2.1
E. 4.3
670. What drug used for chemical curettage?
A. A solution of potassium hlornovatystokysloho
B. * A solution of sodium hlornovatystokysloho
C. A solution of magnesium hlornovatystokysloho
D. A solution of calcium hlornovatystokysloho
E. Solution hlornovatystokysloho iron
671. On that day after surgery is exclusion zone of necrosis at kriokyuretazhi?
A. At 1-2 days
B. At 3-4 days
C. * At 4-5 days
D. For 6-7 days
E. For 8-9 days
672. Which of the following is used for replanting in periodontal pockets with flap
operation?
A. "Collapan"
B. "Hapkol"
C. "Kerhap"
D. "BioResorb
E. * All of the used
673. In what year was clinically proven ability periodontal relationships grow into the
space between the membrane and the surface of the root
A. 1,982
B. 1,981
C. 1,985
D. * 1984
E. 1,990
674. Which toothpaste is recommended for use in periodontal disease:
A. Hygiene;
B. * Anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention
C. Protykariozni prevention and treatment
D. Therapeutic
E. There is no right answer
675. To reduce gum bleeding patients should use toothpaste that contains:
A. Sodium fluoride;
B. Calcium carbonate;
C. * Extracts of medicinal plants;
D. Urea.
E. There is no right answer
676. Since then proposed provisions brushes corresponding method charter?
A. Perpendicular to the axis of the tooth
B. At an angle of 900 to the axis of the tooth
C. C. * At an angle 450 to the axis of the tooth
D. Along the axis of the tooth
E. E. There is no correct answer
677. For people with periodontal pathology recommended brushes:
A. Soft
B. * Average stiffness
C. Hard
D. Very soft
E. Very tough
678. For those in the postoperative period after loskutnyh operations recommended
brushes:
A. * Soft
B. Central rigidity
C. Hard
D. Very soft
E. Very tough
679. In the method BASA provisions denture cleansers and movements are as follows:
A. Pulsating movement in the half-open mouth
B. Pidmitayuchy movements with that extended jaws
C. Circular movements with the jaws of closed
D. * Pulsating movement with that extended jaws
E. There is no right answer
680. What is the position relative to the surface of the tooth brush in Bas method?
A. * Along the axis of the tooth
B. Perpendicular to the axis of the tooth
C. At an angle of 450 to the axis of the tooth
D. At an angle of 900 to the axis of the tooth
E. There is no right answer
681. What are the optimal brush to use for those with healthy periodontium
A. * Average stiffness
B. Soft and medium hardness
C. Hard
D. Soft
E. Very soft
682. Terms of dentition and which cleaning method movements correspond charter:
A. Pidmitayuchi movements with that extended jaws
B. Circular movements with that extended jaws
C. Pulsating movement in the jaws of closed
D. * Rotating movements with that extended jaws
E. There is no right answer
683. Which of the following methods of cleaning is recommended for periodontal disease
A. Method Stilmana
B. Method Background
C. Method Leonard
D. D. * Method Bass
E. Method charter
684. The standard method Pakhomov position denture cleansers and movements are as
follows:
A. * Pidmitayuchi motions half-open mouth
B. Circular movements with that extended jaws
C. Light vibrating movements with half-open mouth
D. Pulsating movement with that extended jaws
E. There is no right answer
685. People with a healthy periodontium can recommend brushing teeth by:
A. * Method Stilmana modified
B. Method Background
C. Method Bass
D. Method charter
E. That's right
686. The standard method of cleaning teeth is a method
A. Bass
B. Background
C. Charter
D. * Pakhomov
E. Stilmana
687. Which of the following is a clinical contraindication to the use of electric brushes
A. * Hypertrophic gingivitis
B. Catarrhal gingivitis
C. Available in the mouth braces - systems.
D. Periodontitis
E. There is no right answer
688. The standard method of brushing duration of the procedure is:
A. 1 min
B. 2 min
C. * 3 min
D. 4 min
E. 5 min
689. Where to begin brushing method Pakhomov
A. * Upper right posterior teeth
B.
C.
D.
E.
690.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
691.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
692.
A.
B.
The upper left posterior teeth
Lower right posterior teeth
Lower left posterior teeth
There is no right answer
Improper position of the toothbrush according to the method Bas can lead to:
Pathological abrasion of enamel
Wedge-shaped defects
* Violation of epithelial connection
Erosion of enamel
Gingivitis
What movements finish brushing method by Pakhomov
Back-translational
Gyratory
* Circular
Pidmitayuchymy
There is no right answer
Secondary prevention of periodontal disease include:
Combined treatment of severe parodontopathies
* Treatment ranih manifestations of pathological changes of the teeth and periodontal
tissues
C. Training Techniques individual oral hygiene
D. Distribution of patients in clinical group
E. Preventing the emergence and development of periodontal disease
693. A must in the prevention of periodontal diseases in children are:
A. Hygienic study of oral care
B. * Prevention of malocclusion
C. Detection and correction anomalyynoho attaching soft tissue to bone skeleton person
D. All of the above
E. There is no right answer
694. Most effective for the prevention of periodontal diseases associated with the
development of hormonal status are:
A. The period of early childhood
B. Antenatalnыy period
C. Peredpubertatnyy period
D. D. * Puberty +
E. The period of late childhood
695. Most important in the maintenance of oral hygiene
A. take plenty of water and thoroughly rinse your mouth
B. regularly attend dental hygienist
C. carefully brushing and flossing use at least 1 time per day
D. use antiseptic mouthwashes
E. * All of the above
696. Recommendations for change in nutrition in patients with periodontal disease
A. limit the carbohydrates, especially before going to bed and in the end a meal to end a
meal raw fruits and vegetables is good clean surface of teeth
B. excluded from receiving chatter, sharp, kysluyu, cold, stimulating nerve endings in
the bare necks of teeth
C. to exclude fried, fatty
D. needed milk and vegetable diet
E. * All of the above
697. In order to prevent periodontal disease should brush your teeth
A. once in the morning
B. twice - morning and evening
C. only at night
D.
E.
698.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
699.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
700.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
701.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
702.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
703.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
704.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
705.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
706.
A.
B.
C.
three times
* 3-5 times
For daily brushing to recommend brush
with natural bristles
* With artificial bristles
does not matter
tough
soft
Keep your toothbrush recommended
in case
* With soapy bristles
in hypertonic salt solution
no case
in soda solution
Most effective in cleaning tooth surfaces aproksymalnыh
toothbrush
* Thread (flosses)
Water Jet
toothpick
rinsing procedure
Massive social and preventive measures are carried out mainly:
separately by each person
Dentist in mouth
* State health authorities
comprehensively, all listed by
no right answer
Treatment and prevention activities are conducted mainly:
separately by each person
* Dentist in the mouth
State health authorities
comprehensively, all listed by
no right answer
Individual preventive measures are carried out mainly:
* Separate each person
Dentist in mouth
State health authorities
comprehensively, all listed by
no right answer
By massive social and preventive measures are:
elimination of internal diseases
rational regime of work and rest of children
water fluoridation
* Breastfeeding her baby
all of the above
By preventive measures include:
dental health
removal of dental plaque
treatment of anomalies of position of individual teeth
treatment of inflammatory diseases
* All of the above
By individual preventive measures include:
thorough brushing
Use dental floss
rinse antiseptic rinses
D.
E.
707.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
708.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
709.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
710.
A.
B.
Use toothpicks
* All of the above
How many offices must unite periodontic department?
2
3
6
*4
5
Objective clinical examination:
Detection of early forms of the disease
Identifying risk factors
Comprehensive preventive measures
Conducting socio-sanitary measures
* All of the above
In a selection for clinical records addresses the following questions?
Diagnosis of early forms of the disease
Definition of medical tactics
Recommendations for rehabilitation
* All of the above
Conducting dynamic observation
Clinical examination subject entities:
At the age of 30 years without clinical signs of disease
Regardless of age in the presence of chronic gingivitis, the initial degree of
periodontitis
C. At the age of 50 years if developed forms of generalized periodontitis, periodontitis
D. Individuals with idiopathic disease
E. * All of the persons
711. Based on the age psychological characteristics as primary school students are invited
to study the methods of oral hygiene?
A. * 10.07
B. 5.4
C. 2.3
D. 12.11
E. 6.5
712. Based on the age psychological characteristics of many middle schools are invited to
study the methods of oral hygiene?
A. 7.10
B. * 4.5
C. 2.3
D. 12.11
E. 6.5
713. How many hours per academic year is given to hygiene lessons for students in the
first grade?
A. 2
B. 1
C. * 3
D. 4
E. 5
714. How many hours per academic year is given to hygiene lessons for students of
classes IX-2.3?
A. * 2
B. 1
C. 3
D. 4
E. 5
715. How many hours per academic year is given to hygiene lessons for students 04.10 -'s
classes?
A. 2
B. * 1
C. 3
D. 4
E. 5
716. At what age children are taught to rinse your mouth with water after eating?
A. From 2-3 years
B. * With 1.5-2 years
C. With 4 years
D. From 3 years
E. From 5 years
717. How old do children learn self-clean teeth with a toothbrush?
A. * With 2-3 years
B. With 1.5-2 years
C. With 4 years
D. From 3 years
E. From 5 years
718. At what age children vchatchystyty using toothpaste?
A. From 2-3 years
B. With 1.5-2 years
C. From 3 years
D. * With 4-5 years
E. From 6 years
719. Who We teach oral health care of children attending kindergartens?
A. Dentist
B. Parents
C. * Mentor
D. Doctor - Pediatrician
E. There is no right answer
720. At what stage of a clinical examination of children in the periodontist?
A. * In five
B. In three
C. In six
D. In four
E. In two
721. What made the first stage of clinical examination?
A. Comprehensive survey
B. Dynamic observation of clinical patients
C. * Selection of dispensary groups of patients
D. Preparation of a comprehensive treatment plan
E. Implementation of a comprehensive treatment plan drawn up
722. What made the second phase of clinical examination?
A. * Comprehensive survey
B. Dynamic observation of clinical patients
C. Selection of dispensary groups of patients
D. Preparation of a comprehensive treatment plan
E. Implementation of a comprehensive treatment plan drawn up
723. What made the third stage of clinical examination?
A. Comprehensive survey
B. Dynamic observation of clinical patients
C. Selection of dispensary groups of patients
D. * Preparation of a comprehensive treatment plan
E. Implementation of a comprehensive treatment plan drawn up
724. Conducted on chetvetromu stage dispensary?
A. Comprehensive survey
B. Dynamic observation of clinical patients
C. Selection of dispensary groups of patients
D. Preparation of a comprehensive treatment plan
E. * Performing compiled a comprehensive treatment plan
725. What is held on the fifth stage of clinical examination?
A. Comprehensive survey
B. * Dynamic observation of clinical patients
C. Selection of dispensary groups of patients
D. Preparation of a comprehensive treatment plan
E. Implementation of a comprehensive treatment plan drawn up
726. One of the criteria for evaluating the effectiveness of clinical examination is
stabilizing. These are:
A. Short-term stabilization within one year
B. Treatment does not lead to stabilization or deterioration process
C. Strengthening and progression
D. * The stabilization process for 1.5 - 2 years
E. There is no right answer
727. One of the criteria for evaluating the effectiveness of clinical examination is in
remission. These are:
A. * Short-term stabilization within one year
B. Treatment does not lead to stabilization or deterioration process
C. Strengthening and progression
D. The stabilization process for 1.5 - 2 years
E. There is no right answer
728. One of the criteria for evaluating the effectiveness of clinical examination is
worsening. These are:
A. Short-term stabilization within one year
B. Treatment does not lead to stabilization or deterioration process
C. * Strengthening and progression
D. The stabilization process for 1.5 - 2 years
E. There is no right answer
729. One of the criteria for evaluating the effectiveness of clinical examination of the
concept is the same. These are:
A. Short-term stabilization within one year
B. * Treatment does not lead to stabilization or deterioration process
C. Strengthening and progression
D. The stabilization process for 1.5 - 2 years
E. There is no right answer
730. The main signs of periodontal disease:
A. The presence of periodontal pockets, pioreya, mobility of teeth
B. * Lack of inflammation in periodontal stability teeth, horizontal resorption of
alveolar bone, the absence of clinical pocket
C. Atrophy of gums, bone destruction of the alveolar ridge, mobility and displacement
of teeth
D. The presence of periodontal pockets, traumatic occlusion
E. Atrophy of gums pioreya, horizontal alveolar bone resorption
731. On the basis of clinical signs is carried out differential diagnosis of periodontal
disease and periodontitis?
A. * The presence or absence of periodontal pockets and symptomatic gingivitis
B. The degree of mobility and displacement of teeth, the nature of the inflammatory
process
C. The extent and nature of destruction of bone tissue
D. The presence or absence of inflammation in the gums, pioreyi
E. The degree of traumatic occlusion
732. Whereby the indices hygiene by Green Vermilyonom?
A. * Using a cotton swab with iodine-potassium solution
B. visually using dental forceps and probe
C. using a cotton swab with a solution Loholya
D. visually using a probe and mirror
E. no right answer
733. The value of the modified index Fedorova has been received is 1.9 points. Which
level of care meets the figure
A. good
B. * Satisfactory
C. poor
D. bad
E. very poor
734. The appearance of color changes due to gum inflammation, bleeding occurs in
probing, possible occurrence of pronounced inflammatory edema. Myulemanu index
gingival sulcus bleeding in this case says:
A. 1 degree
B. 2 degrees
C. Grade 3
D. * 4 degree
E. Grade 5
735. In the pathogenesis of periodontal disease leading role of the masses:
A. Local trauma periodontal tissue
B. Endocrine changes in the body
C. * Violation of the blood supply and metabolism of periodontal tissues
D. Imbalance of local and systemic immunity
E. Endotoxin dental plaque
736. Index Green Vermilyona used to determine:
A. Intensity decay
B. * Plaque, tartar
C. Bleeding gums
D. Periodontal pockets
E. Mobility of teeth
737. At what minimum time imposed medical gingival dressing?
A. At 2:00
B. The period during which inhibited growth patohyei. yuyi microflora
C. At 4:00
D. * At the time allocation therapeutic dose ingredient; ..
E. At 30 minutes
738. Absolute contraindications to the use of the closed method of treatment of
periodontal inflammation:
A. Severe hypersensitivity hard tissues
B. The presence of dental plaque
C. The presence of erosive and ulcerative lesions
D. * Significant purulent discharge from the periodontal pockets
E. Acute course of inflammation in periodontal
739. The value of health-protective dressings in treatment periodontitis:
A. Create conditions for stabilizing mobile teeth
B. Leading to rapid cure periodontitis
C.
D.
E.
740.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
741.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
742.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
743.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
744.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
745.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
746.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
747.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
* Provide long medkamentiv effect on periodontal tissue and
create conditions of calm in the affected area
Warns of atrophic and hyperplastic processes in
Bottom clinical gingival pockets are:
* Pie ligament tooth
Oblique fibers periodontal
Rezorbovana bone
Gingival-bone ligament
There is no right answer
Temporary splinting is done to:
Stabilization of mobile teeth before the permanent prosthesis
* Immobilization mobile teeth during therapeutic treatment and hirurhichnoh
Creating conditions gingival fixing bandages for highly mobile and solitary standing
teeth
Stabilization of mobile teeth after surgery
Removal of traumatic occlusion
Indications for use of the method of selective pryshlifovuvannya teeth:
Detection of premature tooth contacts in the central occlusion
* Set premature contacts and the presence of contacts only some teeth when closing
the jaws in any of the 4 occlusions
Lack of contact between groups of teeth-antagonists
Establishing contacts with premature closing of the jaws in the lateral and central
occlusion
The presence of primary traumatic occlusion
To determine the number of dental CPITN index is divided into:
2
4
*6
8
10 Sextant
What aids are used in determining the intensity of selection index gingival fluid
litmus paper
* Strips of filter paper
indicators purulent processes
caries-markers
no right answer
Mobility tooth vestibular-oral and lateral directions replies
1 degree of mobility
* 2 degrees of mobility
3 degrees of mobility
4 degrees of mobility
5 degrees of motion
The subjective test is based on:
local data view
* Patient complaints
additional methods of examination
intraoral examination results
all answers are correct
Indications for the operation curettage:
Severe periodontitis
Mild form of periodontal disease
Deep pockets clinical and bone
* Ineffectiveness of conservative treatment in periodontal pockets up to 5 mm
Periodontal abscess
748. Solution erytrozynu used for:
A. * Display plaque
B. detection of focal demineralization
C. detection of gum disease
D. All of the above
E. no right answer
749. What is the biologically active substance has a positive test-Shiller Pisarev
A. * Glycogen
B. Histamine
C. Bradykinin
D. There is no right answer
E. All answers are correct
750. Contraindications to the operation suction curettage
A. Gingival hyperplasia
B. Bone pockets deeper periodontal pockets 4 mm
C. * Periodontal Disease
D. Periodontal abscess
E. Ulcer-necrotic processes in the gums
751. In combination with surgical treatment of periodontitis apply:
A. Sclerotherapy
B. Stimulant therapy
C. Immunosuppressive therapy
D. * Antibiotic therapy
E. Proteolytic enzymes
752. In the formation of periodontal pockets i> irishalns chonnya has:
A. Status of local immunity
B. Local traumatic factors
C. * Endotoxin and proteazy'zubnoyi plaques
D. The nature and severity of inflammation in periodontal
E. Violation microcirculation in periodontal tissues
753. What volume of work performed UTO doctor periodontist, having curettage of
periodontal pockets in section 4 teeth and put it on operative field gingival bandage?
A. 2.5
B. * 3.0
C. C 4.0
D. 5.5
E. 6.0
754. What drugs are used to stimulate epiteleutvorennya with gingivitis?
A. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory
B. Antiseptics
C. * Keratoplasty
D. Immunomodulators
E. Proteolytic enzymes
755. Sclerotherapy carried out at:
A. * Hypertrophic gingivitis
B. Sharp catarrhal gingivitis
C. Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
D. Deskvamativny gingivitis
E. Atrophic gingivitis
756. Which of the following surgical procedures carried out in the treatment of
hypertrophic gingivitis?
A. Cryosurgery
B. Diathermocoagulation
C. Hinhivektomiya
D. Hinhivotomiya
E. * All of the above
757. According to the classification, MF Danilevsky (1994) gingivitis refer to:
A. * Inflammatory diseases
B. productive processes (parodontomy)
C. degenerative diseases
D. dystrophic and inflammatory diseases
E. progressive idiopathic diseases
758. The root cause of gingivitis:
A. Pathological changes in vessel walls
B. Crowding of teeth
C. * Microbial plaque
D. Hereditary factor.
E. There is no right answer
759. How UTO (contingent labor units) completed a medical periodontist, following
removal of tartar from teeth lsih patient periodontitis mechanically:
A. 2.0
B. 6.0
C. * 4.0
D. 4.5
E. 3.5
760. Generalized severe periodontitis in the acute stage (abscess). What treatment plan:
A. Medication (antibiotics) and physical therapy (UHF) band effect on abscesses, and
after the elimination of acute inflammation - surgery, stimulating therapy, splinting
B. Hinhivoektomiya, antibiotic therapy, rational prosthesis
C. * Disclosure periodontal abscesses, anti-inflammatory and antibiotic therapy,
removal of traumatic factors shred operation, orthopedic
D. Disclosure of periodontal abscesses, after the elimination of purulent inflammatory
process curettage pockets, stimulating therapy
E. Hinhivotomiya, antibiotic therapy, physiotherapy, splinting
761. In hypertrophic gingivitis clinical and morphological features occur due to:
A. Alteration and necrosis
B. * Proliferation
C. Edema and inflammatory infiltration
D. All answers are correct
E. There is no right answer
762. Stability of capillaries in the gums catarrhal gingivitis in Kulazhenko
A. Pp. 50-60
B. * 15-25 s
C. Pp. 30-40
D. Pp. 35-60
E. 5.10 s
763. Which of the following drugs are used as a means nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory in
the treatment of catarrhal gingivitis?
A. Furatsillina
B. Peroxide
C. Chlorhexidine
D. Yodinola
E. * Mefenaminat sodium
764. Which of the following clinical signs typical of ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis?
A. Swelling and redness of the mucous membrane
B. Dirty, gray fibrin plaque on the gums
C. Necrosis interdental papillae
D. The plight of the patient
E.
765.
A.
B.
* That's right
Plan local treatment of generalized periodontitis light severity:
Removal of dental plaque, anti-inflammatory therapy, curettageperiodontal pockets
* Remediation, anti-inflammatory therapy, surgery, removal traumatic occlusion,
physiotherapy
C. Removal of dental plaque, curettage of periodontal pockets anti-inflammatory and
sclerotherapy
D. The irrigation of the mouth, curettage of periodontal pockets anti-inflammatory and
stimulating therapy
E. Oral health, surgical treatment, and anti-inflammatory therapyphysiotherapy
766. The goal of periodontal surgery:
A. Anti-inflammatory and desensitizing effect
B. Removal of foci intoxication
C. * Elimination of periodontal pockets and creating the conditions for stabilization
D. process in the periodontal tissues
E. Creating the conditions for the regeneration of alveolar bone
767. Basic principles of treatment of generalized periodontitis:
A. Eliminate inflammation in periodontal stimulation defenses
B. body, eliminating traumatic factors
C. Eliminating traumatic factors, anti-inflammatory therapy, curettage
D. periodontal pockets, rational prosthesis
E. * Elimination of clinical signs of periodontitis using therapeutic, surgical and
orthopedic treatments
768. Generalized periodontitis differentiate:
A. In catarrhal gingivitis, periodontitis, marginal periodontitis, papillitis
B. In hypertrophic gingivitis, gum fibromatosis, papillitis, eosinophilic granuloma
C. * With gingivitis, eosinophilic granuloma, periodontitis
D. With periodontal disease, catarrhal and hypertrophic gingivitis, odontogenic abscess
E. In chronic gingivitis, epulis, gingival fibromatosis
769. Chronic hypertrophic gingivitis edematous forms:
A. * Cortical plate and bone interdental septum saved
B. Cortical plate interdental septum is preserved, bone loss at 1/3 the length of the root
C. Cortical plate interdental septum rozrushena, bone loss at ½ the length of the root
D. All answers are correct
E. There is no right answer
770. In the clinical course of these gingivitis which can be identified erosion,
erythematous, and bullous forms?
A. Hypertrophic gingivitis
B. Sharp catarrhal gingivitis
C. Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
D. * Deskvamativny gingivitis
E. Atrophic gingivitis
771. Surface sklerotyzatsiyi by Kovalevsky method is:
A. * Processing vagotilom pockets and putting in your pocket honsurydu
B. Processing pockets celandine and putting in your pocket honsurydu
C. Processing vagotilom pockets and putting in your pocket glucose
D. Processing maraslavinom pockets and putting in your pocket honsurydu
E. There is no right answer
772. What processes take place in the tissues during diathermocoagulation:
A. Irreversible coagulation of tissue proteins
B. Coagulation vascular
C. Clotting
D. Fulling vessels in the wound
E. * All of the above is true
773. X-ray picture moderate periodontitis:
A. Destruction compact plate uniform horizontal resorption mezhalveolyarnyh partitions
on 1/3
B. * Osteoporosis spongy bone, horizontal and vertical alveolar bone resorption to 1/3
height partitions between teeth, periodontal expansion slots
C. Lack of cortical plate, horizontal resorption alveolar bone to 1/2 the height of
interdental partitions, events and osteoporosis osteosclerosis
D. Destruction and lysis of alveolar ridge
E. Vertical bone destruction from the presence of cystic defects
774. The main features of generalized periodontitis in any its clinical course:
A. Bleeding gums, osteoporosis and vertical alveolar bone destruction, tooth mobility,
traumatic occlusion
B. Symptomatic gingivitis, tooth mobility, horizontal bone destruction of the alveolar
ridge
C. * Symptomatic gingivitis, the presence of periodontal pockets horizontal and vertical
alveolar ridge resorption, traumatic occlusion, tooth mobility
D. Symptomatic gingivitis, osteoporosis and vertical resorption of alveolar bone
E. Bleeding gums, presence of periodontal pockets, horizontal and vertical resorption of
interdental partitions pioreya
775. Osteolizys this:
A. Pathological process, accompanied by a decrease in bone trabeculae per unit volume
B. Pathological process, accompanied by functional and structural changes ZSCHS
C. Pathological process, accompanied by an increase in bone trabeculae per unit volume
D. * Pathological process, accompanied by complete resorption of the bone without any
manifestations of its replacement
E. There is no right answer
776. Objective simple hinhivektomiyi?
A. Correction of defects of the alveolar process of the jaws
B. * Elimination of periodontal pocket =
C. Conducting vacuum curettage
D. Holding open curettage
E. Eliminate bone pocket
777. Disadvantages hinhivektomiyi operations are:
A. hyperesthesia bare roots to thermal stimuli
B. cosmetic defect after removal of gingival papillae
C. necks baring teeth
D. hyperesthesia bare roots to chemical stimuli
E. * All of the above is true
778. Hinhivotomiya - is:
A. Removing ash to a depth of periodontal pockets
B. * Autopsy gum
C. Open curettage
D. Stool periodontal abscess
E. Disclosure of a single deep periodontal pockets
779. Determination of traumatic occlusion carried out using:
A. Iodine solution
B. Magenta
C. * Wax plates
D. Desmodometra
E. Ehoosteometra
780. In what year was clinically proven ability periodontal relationships grow into the
space between the membrane and the surface of the root
A. 1,982
B. 1,981
C. 1,985
D. * 1984
E. 1,990
781. Which dodaktovyh survey methods necessary to establish the severity of
periodontitis?
A. Probing the depths of steam, iontalnyh pockets
B. Determination of mobility zuby1.
C. * Renthendiahnostyka
D. Determination of bleeding gums
E. Trial of Parma
782. Methods of treatment of periodontal disease:
A. Anti-inflammatory and desensitizing therapy
B. Surgical treatment and cryotherapy
C. * Osteotropic and remineralization therapy
D. Sclerotherapy
E. Antibacterial and immunostimulatory therapy
783. Indications for use of the method of selective pryshlifovuvannya teeth:
A. Detection of premature tooth contacts in the central occlusion
B. Installing premature contacts and the presence of contacts only some teeth when
closing the jaws in any of the 4 occlusions
C. Lack of contact between groups of teeth-antagonists
D. Establishing contacts with premature closing of the jaws in the lateral and central
occlusion.
E. * All of the above is true
784. Removing tartar pid'yasennoho conduct:
A. By curettage of periodontal pockets
B. * During curettage of periodontal pockets
C. After the curettage pockets
D. A week before curettage
E. There is no right answer
785. Kalamkari recommended to detect and eliminate premature contacts in position:
A. Only the central occlusion
B. Central and distal
C. Distal and anterior
D. Central and anterior
E. * In all three positions occlusion
786. What are the physical methods of treatment are shown in the postoperative period in
patients with periodontitis?
A. Vacuum therapy
B. The anode-galvanization
C. Electrophoresis
D. * UHF-therapy
E. Microwave therapy
787. Contraindications for the massage at zai aleyni periodontal
A. The presence of stagnation in periodontal
B. * Purulent discharge from periodontal pockets
C. Mobility of teeth
D. Hypertrophy of gums
E. Bleeding gums
788. Indications for balneotherapy in generalized periodontitis:
A. Only in remission
B. At all stages of treatment, in addition to postoperative
C. * At all stages of treatment
D. In the postoperative period
E. During medical treatment
789. Which toothpaste is recommended for use in periodontal disease:
A. Hygiene;
B. * Anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention
C. Protykariozni prevention and treatment
D. Therapeutic
E. There is no right answer
790. To reduce gum bleeding patients should use toothpaste that contains:
A. Sodium fluoride;
B. Calcium carbonate;
C. * Extracts of medicinal plants;
D. Urea.
E. There is no right answer
791. Contraindications to the use of electrophoresis in patients parodontitis
A. Hypertrophic processes in the gums
B. The presence of teeth hyperesthesia
C. * Violation of intact epithelial mucosa
D. Bleeding gums
E. The presence of bone pockets
792. For people with periodontal pathology recommended brushes:
A. Soft
B. * Average stiffness
C. Hard
D. Very soft
E. Very tough
793. For those in the postoperative period after loskutnyh operations recommended
brushes:
A. * Soft
B. Central rigidity
C. Hard
D. Very soft
E. Very tough
794. In the method BASA provisions denture cleansers and movements are as follows:
A. Pulsating movement in the half-open mouth
B. Pidmitayuchy movements with that extended jaws
C. Circular movements with the jaws of closed
D. * Pulsating movement with that extended jaws
E. There is no right answer
795. What is the position relative to the surface of the tooth brush in Bas method?
A. * Along the axis of the tooth
B. Perpendicular to the axis of the tooth
C. At an angle of 450 to the axis of the tooth
D. At an angle of 900 to the axis of the tooth
E. There is no right answer
796. What are the optimal brush to use for those with healthy periodontium
A. * Average stiffness
B. Soft and medium hardness
C. Hard
D. Soft
E. Very soft
797. Fluctuarization and darsonvalization vykorystuyutsya in periodontitis:
A. In order to anesthesia
B. To reduce bleeding and swelling of periodontal tissue
C. * To accelerate microcirculation and epithelialization, improved
D.
E.
798.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
799.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
800.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
801.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
802.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
803.
reparative processes in periodontal
To relieve inflammation in the gums
Which factor is crucial in the emergence of diseases periodontal?
* Infection
Injury
Malocclusions
Violation of immunity
Somatic Diseases
The emergence of periodontal disease on the theory E.E.Platonova occurs:
* As a result of trophic disorders of the central or peripheral regions nervous system
As a result of circulatory disorders periodontal tissue
As a result of metabolism, accompanied by a sharp delay in the synthesis of protein
As a result of the imbalance between the processes and osteysyntezu osteolizysu
Because immunological changes of periodontal tissues (autoagression)
The emergence of the theory A.I.Yevdokimova periodontitis occurs as
Corollary hypovitaminosis C
Metabolic disorders, which is accompanied by a sharp delay the synthesis of proteins
* Primary-degenerative process of bone tissue due to atherosclerosis periodontal
Imbalance between processes and osteosynthesis osteolizysu
Because trophic disorders of the central or peripheral partsnervous system
Which of the following is a clinical contraindication to the use of electric brushes
* Hypertrophic gingivitis
Catarrhal gingivitis
Available in the mouth braces - systems.
Periodontitis
There is no right answer
The standard method of brushing duration of the procedure is:
1 min
2 min
* 3 min
4 min
5 min
In histological preparation determined the formation of oral mucosa is presented,
which is part of the free and attached firmly adherent to the periosteum. Multilayered
epithelium, flat, rohoviyuchyy. Own plate forming long nipples are jutting out into the
deep epithelium. Call it education:
804.
A.
cheeks
B.
hard palate
C.
* Gums
D.
lip
E.
tongue
At a reception at the dentist when viewed from the patient revealed that prysinka
depth is 4.5 mm. It says:
A.
Very shallow
B.
Middle prysinku
C.
Deep prysinku
D.
Very deep
E.
805.
806.
807.
* Milka prysinku
When viewed prysinka oral patient revealed that its depth is 9 mm. It says:
A.
Milka prysinku
B.
* Middle prysinku
C.
Deep prysinku
D.
Norm
E.
There is no right answer
When viewed prysinka oral patient revealed that its depth is 9 mm. It says:
A.
shallow prysinku
B.
* Average prysinku
C.
deep prysinku
D.
Normally
E.
no right answer
On examination of children in '15 hemorrhage detected in 35% of cases. How can I
describe this figure
808.
A.
low
B.
high
C.
* Moderate
D.
very low
E.
very high
The patient complained of bleeding gums when consuming solid food. What degree
of bleeding in this patient
809.
A.
2 degree
B.
* 1 degree
C.
3 degree
D.
4 degree
E.
5th level
An examination of the wall in front of the mouth are paying attention to the mucous
membrane of the cheek in the area of six upper teeth. Which anatomical formation is
taken into account in this case?
810.
A.
excretory duct submandibulars salivary gland
B.
* Excretory duct parotid salivary gland
C.
infraorbitalnyy channel
D.
maxillary sinus
E.
all answers are correct
During a routine inspection of the patient revealed 2 degree bleeding gums. It says:
811.
A.
* Bleeding during brushing
B.
bleeding during consumption of solid food
C.
spontaneous bleeding
D.
no right answer
E.
bleeding during probing
The examination revealed that the recession becomes muco-gingival border. Which
class recession according to the classification of Miller responds:
812.
A.
1 class
B.
* Class 2
C.
Class 3
D.
Class 4
E.
no right answer
The examination revealed that due to gum recession was losing gingival papillae.
Which class recession according to the classification of Miller responds:
813.
A.
1 class
B.
Class 2
C.
* Class 3
D.
Class 4
E.
no right answer
The examination revealed that due to gum recession was losing gingival papillae and
disrupted the position of the tooth. Which class recession according to the classification
of Miller responds:
814.
A.
1 class
B.
Class 2
C.
Class 3
D.
* Class 4
E.
no right answer
This clinical picture: the appearance of color changes due to inflammation of the
gums, bleeding in probing occurs, may cause spontaneous bleeding gums and erosions
of the epithelium. In Myulemanu index gingival sulcus bleeding in this case says:
A.
1 degree of inflammation
B.
2 degrees of inflammation
C.
Grade 4 inflammation
D.
3 degrees of inflammation
E.
* 5 degree of inflammation
815.
The patient chronic generalized periodontitis in remission. When microbiological
study content pockets were seeded microorganisms. How many of their colonies per 1
cm2 thus found?
816.
A.
* 36
B.
26
C.
46
D.
6
E.
2.1
In women diagnosed with exacerbation of chronic generalized periodontitis. When
microbiological study content pockets were seeded microorganisms. How many of their
colonies per 1 cm2 thus found?
817.
A.
460
B.
* 360
C.
560
D.
1-60
E.
1-20
The patient is recommended to conduct oral tsytodiahnostyku. Material for the study
will be taken from:
818.
A.
* Mucosa cheeks, above the interdigitation
B.
Mucosa in the region of the angle of the mouth
C.
Mucosa floor of the mouth
D.
Mucosa cheek below the interdigitation
E.
There is no correct answer
When the reaction of adsorption of microorganisms found that PAM is 83%.
Describe the nonspecific resistance in this indicator:
819.
A.
Poor
B.
Poor
C.
Satisfactory
D.
Very good
E.
* Good
The reaction of adsorption of microorganisms found that PAM is 36%. Describe the
nonspecific resistance in this indicator:
A.
Poor
B.
Poor
C.
Very good
D.
* Satisfactory
E.
820.
Good
Patient 5 years of complaining about bad mouth, gum overgrowth. In the history of
epilepsy, the patient systematically taking hydantoin (difenin). On examination,
hyperemia and edema of the gums, gums covering teeth crowns for 1/2, palpation bleed.
Blood and urine tests are normal. What is the most likely diagnosis?
821.
A.
Juvenile gingivitis
B.
* Difeninovyy gingivitis
C.
Bismuth gingivitis
D.
Mercury gingivitis
E.
Gingivitis is pregnant
The patient in the treatment of catarrhal gingivitis over three weeks spent oral bath
with antiseptic solution. This notice discoloration crowns. What antiseptic is able to
cause this?
822.
A.
Peroxide
B.
Yodinola
C.
Potassium permanganate
D.
Furatsillina
E.
* Chlorhexidine
A patient diagnosed with ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis. Which of the following
clinical signs are characteristic of this disease?
823.
A.
Swelling and redness of the mucous membrane
B.
Dirty, gray fibrin plaque on the gums
C.
Necrosis interdental papillae
D.
The plight of the patient
E.
* That's right
The patient in '28 diagnosed with ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis moderately. An
objective examination revealed:
824.
A.
Swollen lymph nodes
B.
Dirty, gray fibrin plaque on the gums
C.
Necrosis interdental papillae
D.
Edema and hyperemia of the mucosa
E.
* That's right
To the doctor turned patient 39. The complaints of general weakness, fever, pain in
the mouth, rapid bleeding gums, putrefactive breath for 4-nights. On examination: the
patient was pale, regional lymph nodes are enlarged, painful on palpation, mucous
membrane of the gums on both jaws swollen, flushed, covered with gray bloom that is
easily removed, sharply painful and bleeding. Which of the following diagnoses is most
likely?
825.
A.
* Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B.
Catarrhal gingivitis
C.
Merkurialnyy gingivitis
D.
Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E.
Generalized periodontitis
The patient diagnosed with hypertrophic gingivitis. Established that the cause of the
disease was the change in the internal organs. What pererahovnoho caused?
826.
A.
* Endocrine pathology
B.
Hypertension
C.
Cardiac glycosides
D.
Ulcer
E.
Chronic cholecystitis
Patients with hypertrophic gingivitis shows the operation hinhivektomiyi. Which
route will be cut at a given surgical intervention?
827.
A.
Horizontal
B.
* Continuous hirlyandopodibnyy
C.
Intermittent Garland similar
D.
Oval
E.
There is no right answer
The patient in '34 diagnosed ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis. When microbiological
study of plaque from the gum found at:
828.
A.
Fuzobakteriyi
B.
Spirochaete
C.
Actinomycetes
D.
Hromomitsety
E.
* That's right
The patient was diagnosed thipertrofichnyy gingivitis puffy shape. What will
manifest clinically in this patient as a result of late edema and hyperplasia?
A.
Periodontal pockets
B.
Ulcers
C.
Syphiloma
D.
* Gingival pockets
E.
Papilloma
829.
At the reception appealed patient with catarrhal gingivitis moderately. How much
ash is included in the inflammatory process in this case:
830.
A.
Of papillary
B.
* Papillary and marginal
C.
Marginal and alveolar
D.
Alveolar, marginal, papillary
E.
There is no right answer
Patient diagnosed with hypertrophic gingivitis. The doctor decided to sklerotyzatsiyi
procedure. What single dose of the drug during deep sklerotyzatsiyi?
831.
A.
0.2-0.4 ml
B.
0.3-0.5 ml
C.
0.4-0.5 ml
D.
* 0.1-0.2 ml
E.
0.7 ml
Patients with periodontal diseases subject to mandatory medical examination
Patients with catarrhal gingivitis should be attributed to:
832.
A.
Group 1 clinical patients
B.
3 groups of clinical patients
C.
* 2 groups of clinical patients
D.
4 groups of clinical patients
E.
5 groups of clinical patients
The patient came to the doctor for the final phase of treatment of ulcerative
gingivitis. Which of the following groups of drugs used in this case?
833.
A.
Anesthetic
B.
Enzymes
C.
Sulfonamide
D.
* Keratoplasty
E.
There is no right answer.
The patient came to the doctor for the final phase of treatment of ulcerative
gingivitis. Which of the following drugs used in this case?
A.
Metronidazole
B.
Chlorhexidine
C.
Biseptol
D.
Trypsin
E.
* A solution of vitamin A
834.
On admission to a pediatric dentist parents brought a girl 7 years. Complaints child
for bad breath, gum overgrowth. In the history of epilepsy, the patient systematically
taking hydantoin (difenin). On examination, hyperemia and edema of the gums, gums
covering teeth crowns for 1/2, palpation bleed. Blood and urine tests are normal. What is
the most likely diagnosis?
835.
A.
Juvenile gingivitis
B.
* Difeninovyy gingivitis
C.
Bismuth gingivitis
D.
Mercury gingivitis
E.
Gingivitis is pregnant
On the advice of child's dentist parents came 10 year old boy. The boy complains
sprawl gums, bad breath. The patient consistently taking antiepileptic drug difenin.
Objectively redness and swelling of the gums, gums cover the crowns of teeth in 1/3,
palpation bleed. Blood and urine tests are normal. What is the preliminary diagnosis?
836.
A.
Juvenile gingivitis
B.
Gingivitis is pregnant
C.
Bismuth gingivitis
D.
* Mercury gingivitis
E.
Difeninovyy gingivitis
Patient complains of '46 bleeding gums, hnoyetechu, tooth mobility. Sick for 10
years. On examination: clear the upper and lower jaws are congested, swollen, with
dotorkuvanni bleed. In the 42, 41, 32, 31 teeth periodontal pockets up to 7 mm with
purulent discharge, the mobility of II degree, the remaining teeth and degree. The X-ray
- resorption mezhalveolyarnyh partitions in 42, 41, 31, 32 2/3 the length of the root, the
phenomenon of osteoporosis. Which of the following methods most indicated for
surgical treatment of this disease?
837.
A.
Kriokyuretazh
B.
* Patchwork operation
C.
Curettage
D.
Hinhivotomiya
E.
Hinhivektomiya
Patient G. that dispensary diagnosed with generalized periodontitis, and the extent to
chronic under examination [X-ray] at 6 months showed bone lonely pocket between 24
and 25 teeth, reaching 1/2 interalveolar height. The 24 tooth with amalgam filling goes
deeply into the interdental space. Your tactics regarding bone pockets after correction
fillings?
838.
A.
Hold course lincomycin in transition folds 24 and 25 teeth № 7-10
B.
* Will hold open curettage
C.
Hold hinhivektomiyu
D.
Hold hinhivotomiyu
E.
Hold a series of periodontal dressings metroqyl-denta
Patient M., 32 years old need to curettage gingival and periodontal pockets. The
criterion of efficiency curettage gingival and periodontal pockets in the implementation
are:
A.
Lack pid'yasennoho tartar
B.
* Lack of severe bleeding, lack pid'yasennoho tartar, granulation and
epithelial vrosshoho
839.
C.
Complete absence of bleeding
D.
Clear tightly to the teeth
E.
Lack of granulation and epithelial vrosshoho
Patient Y. The diagnosis "generalized periodontitis degree, chronic." What will be
the first session of the local treatment?
840.
A.
* Temporary splinting
B.
Treatment of symptomatic gingivitis
C.
Anti-inflammatory therapy
D.
Curettage periodontal pockets
E.
Antiseptic treatment and removal of dental plaque
Woman '45 complains of bad breath, bleeding gums and pain that intensified when
eating. OBJECTIVE: catarrhal gingivitis degree, periodontal pockets reach neck 4 mm,
containing a moderate amount of serous - pus. It is noted delaying tartar and plaque in
nad'yasneviy and pid'yasneviy parts of the tooth. Mobility of teeth Class. Radiological
findings: cortical plate impaired resorption of alveolar bone reaches half the height
mezhalveolyarnyh membranes. Diagnosed chronic generalized periodontitis second
degree. Where to begin treatment?
841.
A.
Appointment of mud applications
B.
* Removal of dental plaque.
C.
Purpose of the means of anti-inflammatory
D.
Conducting temporary splinting
E.
The planned operation
In the Clinic Preventive Dentistry appealed patient aged 40 years., Who diagnosed
acute generalized periodontitis III. severity. What type of curettage can be used in this
nosology
842.
A.
Outdoor and vacuum - curettage
B.
* Vacuum - curettage, cryo - curettage
C.
Open curettage
D.
Closed curettage
E.
Open and closed curettage
The patient, in '41, diagnosed with generalized periodontitis 2 degrees of severity,
sharp course with abscess formation. Which methods of general treatment should be
appointed in the first place?
843.
A.
Stimulant therapy
B.
Hyposensitization therapy
C.
Physiotherapy
D.
* Antibiotic
E.
Vitamin
The patient, 46 years old, diagnosed with generalized periodontitis 2 degrees of
severity, sharp course. Recently, the patient noted deterioration, skin itch, dryness in the
mouth. Which methods of additional tests should be used before embarking on
treatment?
844.
A.
Total blood
B.
Urinalysis
C.
Determination of vitamin C in the blood
D.
* Determination of blood sugar
E.
Immunological studies of blood
The patient appealed to the dentist with complaints of persistent spontaneous pain,
swelling of the gums in 26 and 27 teeth for 2 days. An examination of the lips of the
upper and lower jaws of a large number of soft and hard plaque. At 26 and 27 teeth
adjacent large fillings, contact checkbox, clear congested, swollen, on alveolar part of
the protrusion, palpation painful, tooth-gingival pocket 6 mm with purulent exudate.
What is the primary tactic local drug treatment?
845.
A.
Closed curettage tools gingival pockets
B.
* Removal of dental plaque, periodontal abscess disclosure
C.
Removal of dental plaque, application of medicines to clear
D.
Open curettage of periodontal pockets
E.
Rinse antiseptic Appointment
The patient complains of '55 bad breath, bleeding gums and pain that intensified
when eating. OBJECTIVE: catarrhal gingivitis degree, periodontal pocket depth of 4
mm, containing a moderate amount of serous - pus. It is noted delaying tartar and plaque
in nad'yasneviy and pid'yasneviy parts of the tooth. Mobility of teeth Class. Radiological
findings: cortical plate impaired resorption of alveolar bone reaches half the height
mezhalveolyarnyh membranes. Diagnosed chronic generalized periodontitis second
degree. Where to begin treatment?
846.
A.
Appointment of mud applications
B.
* Removal of dental plaque.
C.
Purpose of the means of anti-inflammatory
D.
Conducting temporary splinting
E.
The planned operation
Patient A., 35 years old with a diagnosis of chronic generalized periodontitis II
severity, need to surgery. The criterion for selection of surgical intervention in treatment
parodotytu are:
A.
The depth of periodontal pockets
B.
Complaints patient
C.
Duration of disease
D.
Age of the patient
E.
* The depth of periodontal pockets, the general condition of the
patient, the patient's age
847.
Patient M., 32 years old need to curettage gingival and periodontal pockets. The
criterion of efficiency curettage gingival and periodontal pockets in the implementation
are:
A.
Lack pid'yasennoho tartar
B.
* Lack of severe bleeding, lack pid'yasennoho tartar, granulation and
epithelial vrosshoho
848.
C.
Complete absence of bleeding
D.
Clear tightly to the teeth
E.
Lack of granulation and epithelial vrosshoho
On admission the patient came in '36 with complaints of bleeding gums, hnoyetechu,
tooth mobility. Sick for 10 years. On examination: clear the upper and lower jaws are
congested, swollen, with dotorkuvanni bleed. In the 42, 41, 32, 31 teeth periodontal
pockets up to 7 mm with purulent discharge, the mobility of II degree, the remaining
teeth and degree. The X-ray - resorption mezhalveolyarnyh partitions in 42, 41, 31, 32
2/3 the length of the root, the phenomenon of osteoporosis. Which of the following
methods most indicated for surgical treatment of this disease?
A.
Kriokyuretazh
B.
* Patchwork operation
849.
C.
Curettage
D.
Hinhivotomiya
E.
Hinhivektomiya
In consultation addressed patient in '42 with complaints bleeding gums, hnoyetechu
gums, tooth mobility. Sick 8 years. OBJECTIVE: gums on the upper and lower jaws
hyperemic, edematous, with dotorkuvanni bleed. In the 32, 31, 42, 41 teeth periodontal
pockets up to 6.5 mm with purulent discharge, the mobility of II degree, the remaining
teeth and degree. The X-ray - resorption mezhalveolyarnyh partitions in 42, 41, 31, 32
2/3 the length of the root, the phenomenon of osteoporosis. Which of the following
methods most indicated for surgical treatment of this disease?
850.
A.
Kriokyuretazh
B.
Curettage
C.
* Patchwork operation
D.
Hinhivotomiya
E.
Hinhivektomiya
Woman '38 complains hnoyetechu and bleeding gums, tooth mobility. OBJECTIVE:
gums on the upper and lower jaws hyperemic, edematous, with dotorkuvanni bleeding,
periodontal pocket of 6 mm with purulent discharge, the mobility of the second degree.
The X-ray - resorption mezhalveolyarnyh walls on 2/3 the length of the root, the
phenomenon of osteoporosis. Which of the following most indicated for surgical
treatment of this disease?
851.
A.
Kriokyuretazh
B.
Curettage
C.
* Patchwork operation
D.
Hinhivotomiya
E.
Hinhivektomiya
A patient with periodontal pathology recommended surgery - operation
hinhivektomiyi. The operation will be conducted in the right side area of the upper jaw.
What number of teeth will obmezhovuvatys operative field?
852.
A.
* 3.2
B.
4.6
C.
6.8
D.
2.1
E.
4.3
When examining a patient with a diagnosis of chronic generalized periodontitis and
severity discovered bone lonely pocket between 24 and 25 teeth, reaching 1/2
interalveolar height. The 24 tooth with amalgam filling goes deeply into the interdental
space. Your tactics regarding bone pocket after correction fillings?
853.
A.
Hold course lincomycin in transition folds 24 and 25 teeth № 7-10
B.
* Will hold open curettage
C.
Hold hinhivektomiyu
D.
Hold hinhivotomiyu
E.
Hold a series of periodontal dressings metroqyl-denta
On the advice appealed woman, 35 years. The woman is on the records with a
diagnosis of chronic generalized periodontitis and severity. The examination revealed
bone lonely pocket between 13 and 14 teeth, reaching 1/2 interalveolar height. The 14
tooth set a seal that goes deeply into the interdental space. Your tactics regarding bone
pocket after correction fillings?
A.
Hold a course of antibiotics for a transitional folds 24 and 25 teeth №
7-10
854.
B.
* Will hold open curettage
C.
Hold hinhivektomiyu
D.
Hold closed curettage
E.
Hold a series of periodontal dressings metroqyl-denta
Patient in '40 is on the records with a diagnosis of chronic generalized periodontitis
and severity. At the planned examination revealed bone lonely pocket between 14 and
15 teeth, reaching 1/2 interalveolar height. What treatment should be in this case?
A.
Hold a course of antibiotics for a transitional folds 24 and 25 teeth №
7-10
855.
B.
* Will hold open curettage
C.
Hold hinhivektomiyu
D.
Hold closed curettage
E.
Hold a series of periodontal dressings metroqyl-denta
Patient doctor prescribed brushing toothpaste containing calcium and fluoride.
Which group includes this toothpaste?
A.
* The group protykarioznyh medical toothpastes
B.
The group therapeutic toothpastes
C.
The group hygienic toothpaste
D.
The group of anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention toothpaste
E.
There is no right answer
856.
In determining the index Fedorova - has been received revealed that the state of oral
hygiene is very poor, with multiple dental plaque. What kind of toothpaste should be
used in this case
857.
A.
* Type Smokers Toothpaste
B.
Toothpaste Anti-Plaque Type
C.
paste type Sensitive
D.
protykarioznu therapeutic - prophylactic paste
E.
no right answer
An examination of the patient revealed multiple wedge-shaped defects. Which band
toothpastes can recommend this patient
858.
A.
paste type Smokers
B.
Toothpaste Anti-Plaque Type
C.
* Type Sensitive Toothpaste
D.
protykarioznu therapeutic - prophylactic paste
E.
no right answer
In vah'itnoyi patient hypertrophic gingivitis. What toothpaste can recommend in this
case?
859.
A.
* Anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention
B.
Therapeutical
C.
Protykarioznu medical - preventive
D.
Sanitarily
E.
There is no right answer
The patient was diagnosed pathology of periodontal tissues. What method of
cleaning can be recommended in this case?
860.
A.
* Method Bass
B.
Method charter
C.
Method Background
D.
Method Stilmana
E.
Method Leonard
The patient chronic generalized periodontitis in remission. When microbiological
study content pockets were seeded microorganisms. How many of their colonies per 1
cm2 thus found?
A.
* 36
B.
26
C.
46
D.
1-6
E.
861.
2.1
In women diagnosed with exacerbation of chronic generalized periodontitis. When
microbiological study content pockets were seeded microorganisms. How many of their
colonies per 1 cm2 thus found?
862.
A.
460
B.
* 360
C.
560
D.
1-60
E.
1-20
Patient R., 22 years old, diagnosed - ulcerative-necrotic stomatitis Vincent. During
the surface treatment of ulcers necrotic plaque is removed from the effort. What are the
medications most appropriate solution for the raid?
863.
A.
Antifungal drugs
B.
* Proteolitichni enzymes
C.
Antiseptic drugs
D.
Keratoplasty
E.
Keratolityky
After suffering ARI patient appealed to the dentist complaining of pain in the gums,
bad breath, inability to eat, general weakness. OBJECTIVE: clear congested, swollen,
covered with fibrinous coating, which occurs when removing the bleeding.
Microbiological research gum tissue revealed a large number of cocci, bacilli, and
spirochetes fuzobakteriy. Specify drug treatment etiotropic
864.
A.
Karotolina
B.
Haloskorbin
C.
Potassium permanganate
D.
Trypsin
E.
* Metronidazole
Patient '17 complains of pain in the mouth, bleeding gums sharp, putrefactive breath,
general weakness within 3 days. On examination: the patient is pale, regional lymph
nodes are enlarged, painful on palpation, mucous membrane of the gums on both jaws
swollen, flushed, covered with gray bloom that is easily removed, sharply painful and
bleeding. Which of the following diagnoses is most likely?
A.
* Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B.
Catarrhal gingivitis
C.
Merkurialnyy gingivitis
D.
Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E.
865.
Generalized periodontitis
Patient complains of '17 bleeding gums and pain within six months. On examination
gingival papillae in the frontal area of the upper and lower jaws swollen, hyperemic.
Relief gingival margin broken, papillae cover crowns on teeth 1/2, palpation bleed, false
pocket depth of 4 mm, nad'yasenevi dental plaque. What interventions are most effective
for local treatment of this disease
866.
A.
Diathermocoagulation hypertrophied papillae
B.
Sclerotherapy 50% glucose solution
C.
Overlay tsyklofosfanovoyi paste
D.
Phonophoresis Heparin ointment
E.
* Anti-inflammatory therapy, excision of gum
Patient complains of '16 overgrowth of gums, their bleeding, pain when eating.
Complaints during the year. The examination is marked skuchenist teeth on the lower
jaw. Gingival papillae on the lower jaw increased in size, covering the crowns of teeth
on 1/2, bright red, bleeding when touched, nad'yasenevi dental plaque. On radiographs
unchanged. Applications which feed you want to assign to the local anti-inflammatory
therapy?
867.
A.
Etoniyevoyi
B.
* Hinozolovoyi
C.
Metatsylovoyi
D.
Furatsylinovoyi
E.
Heparin
Pregnant '20 complains overgrowth of gums, bleeding and pain when consuming
food or cleaning teeth. Objectively: the gingival papillae on the upper and lower jaws are
congested, cover the crowns of teeth on the 1/2, bleeding, painful. Festonchastist
gingival margin broken. What is the most likely diagnosis in pregnant?
868.
A.
Aggravation of periodontitis
B.
Acute catarrhal gingivitis.
C.
Chronic catarrhal gingivitis.
D.
* Hypertrophic gingivitis, puffy shape.
E.
There is no right answer
Patient '23 complains of pain in the mouth, bad breath, fever up to 38C. Patient pale,
adynamic, regional lymph nodes are enlarged, painful. Interdental papillae and marginal
part gums swollen, hyperemic, in ulcers, covered with necrotic plaque on teeth tartar
deposits nad'yasenevoho and soft plaque. What additional research needs to be
undertaken for diagnosis of this condition?
869.
A.
* Total blood
B.
Fluorescent
C.
Bacteriological
D.
Immunological
E.
Cytological
Patient complains of '16 overgrowth of gum in front teeth upper and lower jaws.
Diagnosed hypertrophic gingivitis medium severity. Pathology which system is
important in the etiology of this disease?
870.
A.
Digestive
B.
* Endocrine
C.
Vascular
D.
Immune
E.
Nervous
Patient, 20 years old, grumbles overgrowth of gums and bleeding when brushing
teeth. OBJECTIVE: proliferation of gingival papillae at all teeth that 1/2 override crown
height of teeth, gums, bright red, painful on palpation. What pathogenetic treatment
should be applied here?
871.
A.
Stimulant
B.
Anti-inflammatory
C.
Antimicrobial
D.
* Sclerosing
E.
Remineralization.
The patient in '23 was diagnosed: "Hypertrophic gingivitis, fibrous shape, average
severity." What is the most rational treatment?
872.
A.
* Surgical
B.
Diathermocoagulation.
C.
Anti-inflammatory therapy.
D.
Sclerotherapy
E.
There is no right answer
Patient, 26 years old, appealed with complaints about the proliferation of gum.
OBJECTIVE: In section 14 of the tooth gums fungous growths limited form dense, dark
red with cyanotic tinge. 14 tooth mobility in the vestibular-oral direction. Abnormal
formation of patient noted a year ago, and connects with pregnancy. What is the most
likely diagnosis?
A.
Gingival fibromatosis
B.
* Epulit, anheomatozna form
873.
C.
Hypertrophic gingivitis, swelling form
D.
Acute localized periodontitis of moderate severity
E.
Hypertrophic gingivitis, fibrous form.
Patient 19, a driver complains of malaise, fever, sore gums, bad breath. Objectively:
the gingival papillae and gingival edge grayish, friable, easily removed with uncovering
ulcers, bleeding and sharply painful surface. Oral mucosa pink. What is the most likely
diagnosis in the patient?
874.
A.
Acute ulcerative gingivitis.
B.
Acute leukemia
C.
Lead gingivitis
D.
Gangrenous gingivitis
E.
Chronic ulcerative gingivitis
Patient complains of '30 overgrowth of gum in 22, 23, 24 teeth, which is noticed
more than 3 months ago. On examination: the contact surfaces 22, 23, 24 teeth deep
cavities, interdental contacts violated ash papillae increased in volume, covering the
crowns of teeth on 1/3 at dotorkuvanni bleeding on the radiograph changes not. Which
of the following diagnoses is most likely?
875.
A.
* Localized hypertrophic gingivitis
B.
Chronic papillitis
C.
Nad'yasenevyy epulis
D.
Localized periodontitis
E.
Generalized hypertrophic gingivitis
The patient in '18 revealed the diagnosis "chronic catarrhal gingivitis." When X-ray
revealed alveolar bone osteoporosis. What pathogenetic therapy lead to eradication of
the disease.
876.
A.
* Immunomodulatory therapy.
B.
Antihistamine therapy.
C.
Antibiotic.
D.
Vitamin.
E.
Electrophoresis calcium supplements
During the examination, the patient R., 25 years old, diagnosed - ulcerative-necrotic
stomatitis Vincent. During processing poverhen ulcers necrotic plaque is removed from
the effort. What are the medications most appropriate solution for the raid?
A.
Antifungal drugs
B.
* Proteolitichni enzymes
C.
Antiseptic drugs
877.
D.
Keratoplasty
E.
Keratolityky
On the advice of the patient turned 38 years old. Patient after suffering a cold.
Complaints of pain in the gums, bad breath, inability to eat, general weakness.
OBJECTIVE: clear congested, swollen, covered with fibrinous coating, which occurs
when removing the bleeding. Microbiological research gum tissue revealed a large
number of cocci, bacilli, and spirochetes fuzobakteriy. Specify drug treatment etiotropic
878.
A.
Karotolina
B.
Haloskorbin
C.
Potassium permanganate
D.
Trypsin
E.
* Metronidazole
On the advice of the patient came 28 years after suffering a cold. Complaints of pain
in the gums, bad breath, inability to eat, general weakness. OBJECTIVE: clear
congested, swollen, covered with fibrinous coating, which occurs when removing the
bleeding. Microbiological research gum tissue revealed a large number of cocci, bacilli,
and spirochetes fuzobakteriy. Select a drug for general etiotropic treatment for this
patient
879.
A.
Karotolina
B.
Halaskorbin
C.
Potassium permanganate
D.
Trypsin
E.
* Metronidazole
Patient '27 complains of pain in the mouth, bleeding gums sharp, putrefactive breath,
general weakness within 3 days. Objective: the patient is pale, regional lymph nodes are
enlarged, painful on palpation, mucous membrane of the gums on both jaws swollen,
flushed, covered with gray bloom that is easily removed, sharply painful and bleeding.
Which of the following diagnoses is most likely?
880.
A.
* Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B.
Catarrhal gingivitis
C.
Merkurialnyy gingivitis
D.
Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E.
Generalized periodontitis
To the doctor turned patient 19. Complaints of pain in the mouth, rapid bleeding
gums, putrefactive breath, general weakness within 3 days. On examination: the patient
was pale, regional lymph nodes are enlarged, painful on palpation, mucous membrane of
the gums on both jaws swollen, flushed, covered with gray bloom that is easily removed,
sharply painful and bleeding. Which of the following diagnoses is most likely?
881.
A.
* Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B.
Catarrhal gingivitis
C.
Merkurialnyy gingivitis
D.
Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E.
Generalized periodontitis
To the doctor turned sick in '19 with complaints of bleeding and sore gums within six
months. On examination gingival papillae in the frontal area of the upper and lower jaws
swollen, hyperemic. Relief gingival margin broken, papillae cover crowns on teeth 1/2,
palpation bleed, false pocket depth of 4 mm, nad'yasenevi dental plaque. What
interventions are most effective for local treatment of this disease
882.
A.
Diathermocoagulation hypertrophied papillae
B.
Sclerotherapy 50% glucose solution
C.
Overlay tsyklofosfanovoyi paste
D.
Phonophoresis Heparin ointment
E.
* Anti-inflammatory therapy, excision of gum
The patient complains of '29 bleeding and sore gums during 6 months. On
examination gingival papillae in areas of the upper and lower jaws swollen, hyperemic.
Relief gingival margin broken, papillae cover crowns on teeth 1/2, palpation bleed, false
pocket depth of 4 mm, nad'yasenevi dental plaque. What is the preliminary diagnosis
883.
A.
Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B.
Merkurialnyy gingivitis
C.
Periodontal Disease
D.
* Hypertrophic gingivitis 2 severity
E.
Generalized periodontitis
The patient complains of '32 bleeding and sore gums during 6 months. OBJECTIVE:
gingival papillae in parts of the upper and lower jaws swollen, hyperemic. Relief
gingival margin broken, papillae cover crowns of teeth in 1/3, palpation bleed, false
pocket depth of 2 mm, nad'yasenevi dental plaque. What is the preliminary diagnosis
A.
Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B.
* Hypertrophic gingivitis 1 degree of severity
C.
Periodontal Disease
D.
Hypertrophic gingivitis 2 severity
E.
Generalized periodontitis
884.
To the doctor turned patient in '29 with complaints of bleeding and sore gums within
six months. On examination gingival papillae in the frontal area of the upper and lower
jaws swollen, hyperemic. Relief gingival margin broken, papillae cover crowns on teeth
1/2, palpation bleed, false pocket depth of 4 mm, nad'yasenevi dental plaque. What is the
preliminary diagnosis
885.
A.
Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B.
Merkurialnyy gingivitis
C.
Periodontal Disease
D.
* Hypertrophic gingivitis
E.
Generalized periodontitis
The patient in '34 diagnosed acute necrotizing ulcerative gingivitis-mild severity.
What data radiographs in this case:
A.
* Cortical plate and bone interdental septum saved
B.
Cortical plate interdental septum is preserved, bone loss at 1/3 the
length of the root
C.
Cortical plate interdental septum rozrushena, bone loss at ½ the length
of the root
886.
D.
All answers are correct
E.
There is no right answer
On admission the patient filed in '18 complaining of gingival overgrowth, their
bleeding, pain when eating. Complaints during the year. An examination observed that
gingival papillae on the lower jaw increased in size, covering crowns on teeth 1/2, bright
red, bleeding when touched, nad'yasenevi dental plaque, skuchenist teeth on the lower
jaw. On radiographs unchanged. Applications which feed you want to assign to the local
anti-inflammatory therapy?
887.
A.
Etoniyevoyi
B.
* Hinozolovoyi
C.
Metatsylovoyi
D.
Furatsylinovoyi
E.
Heparin
On admission the patient filed in '17 complaining of gingival overgrowth, their
bleeding, pain when eating. Complaints over six months. An examination observed that
gingival papillae on the lower jaw increased in size, covering crowns on teeth 1/2, bright
red, bleeding when touched, nad'yasenevi dental plaque, skuchenist teeth on the lower
jaw. On radiographs unchanged. What is the preliminary diagnosis?
A.
Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
888.
B.
Catarrhal gingivitis
C.
* Hypertrophic gingivitis
D.
Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E.
Generalized periodontitis
To the doctor turned patient in '16 complaining of gingival overgrowth, their
bleeding, pain when eating. These complaints within six months. OBJECTIVE: gingival
papillae increased in size, covering the crowns of teeth on the 1/2, bright red, bleeding
when touched, nad'yasenevi dental plaque, skuchenist teeth on the lower jaw. On
radiographs unchanged. What is the preliminary diagnosis?
889.
A.
Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B.
Catarrhal gingivitis
C.
* Hypertrophic gingivitis, swelling form
D.
Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E.
Hypertrophic gingivitis, fibrous form
An objective examination of the patient vstnovleno that a clear bright red, polished
color. Which of the following gingivitis characterized this picture?
890.
A.
Hypertrophic gingivitis
B.
Sharp catarrhal gingivitis
C.
Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
D.
* Deskvamativny gingivitis
E.
Atrophic gingivitis
Pregnant '25 complains overgrowth of gums, bleeding and pain when consuming
food or cleaning teeth. Objectively: the gingival papillae on the upper and lower jaws are
congested, cover the crowns of teeth on the 1/3, bleeding, painful. Festonchastist
gingival margin broken. What is the preliminary diagnosis in pregnant?
891.
A.
Aggravation of periodontitis
B.
Acute catarrhal gingivitis.
C.
Chronic catarrhal gingivitis.
D.
* Hypertrophic gingivitis, puffy shape.
E.
There is no right answer
At the doctor appealed pregnant in '28 with complaints overgrowth of gums, bleeding
and pain when consuming food or cleaning teeth. On examination: the gingival papillae
on the upper and lower jaws are congested, cover the crowns of teeth on the 1/3,
bleeding, painful. Festonchastist gingival margin broken. What is the most likely
diagnosis in pregnant?
A.
Aggravation of periodontitis
892.
B.
Acute catarrhal gingivitis.
C.
Chronic catarrhal gingivitis.
D.
* Hypertrophic gingivitis, puffy shape.
E.
There is no right answer
At the doctor turned patsiyenka '25 complaining overgrowth of gums, bleeding and
pain when consuming food or cleaning teeth. The patient at 27 weeks gestation. On
examination: the gingival papillae on the upper and lower jaws are congested, cover the
crowns of teeth on the 1/2, bleeding, painful. Festonchastist gingival margin broken.
What is the most likely diagnosis?
893.
A.
Aggravation of periodontitis
B.
Acute catarrhal gingivitis.
C.
* Hypertrophic gingivitis, puffy shape of the second severity.
D.
Hypertrophic gingivitis, the first form of edema severity.
E.
There is no right answer
Patient '26 complains of pain in the mouth, bad breath, fever up to 38 C. On
examination: the patient was pale, adynamic, regional lymph nodes are enlarged, painful.
Interdental papillae and marginal part gums swollen, hyperemic, in ulcers, covered with
necrotic plaque on teeth tartar deposits nad'yasenevoho and soft plaque. What additional
research needs to be undertaken for diagnosis of this condition?
894.
A.
* Total blood
B.
Fluorescent
C.
Bacteriological
D.
Immunological
E.
Cytological
At the doctor turned patient in '29 with complaints of pain in the mouth, bad breath,
fever up to 38, 5 C. Objectively: the patient was pale, adynamic, regional lymph nodes
are enlarged, painful. Interdental papillae and marginal part gums swollen, hyperemic, in
ulcers, covered with necrotic plaque on teeth tartar deposits nad'yasenevoho and soft
plaque. Put previous daahnoz-ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis. What additional research
needs to be undertaken for diffusion. diagnosis of this condition?
A.
* A blood test for HIV.
B.
Fluorescent
C.
Bacteriological
D.
Immunological
E.
Cytological
895.
By dentist turned sick 15 years. Complaints overgrowth of gum in front teeth upper
and lower jaws. Delivered preliminary diagnosis hypertrophic gingivitis medium
severity. Changes in the system which are important in the etiology of this disease?
896.
A.
Digestive
B.
* Endocrine
C.
Vascular
D.
Immune
E.
Nervous
Patient complains of '47 aching pain, especially when eating in section 36 of the
tooth. OBJECTIVE: on the medial surface 36 tooth hanging end seals, pin point missing,
smoothing kokontura gum papilla, papilla bluish tint, swollen, bleeding when touched.
Put diagnosis
897.
A.
acute catarrhal papillitis;
B.
* Chronic catarrhal papillitis;
C.
hypertrophic papillitis;
D.
ulcerative papillitis;
E.
the correct answer.
In histological preparation determined the formation of oral presentation of the
mucous membrane, which has a free part and attached firmly adherent to the periosteum.
Multilayered epithelium, flat, keratinizing. Own plate forming long nipples are jutting
out into the deep epithelium. Call it education:
898.
A.
cheeks;
B.
hard palate;
C.
clear;
D.
lip;
E.
tongue.
Parents of children 8 years appealed to the dentist for oral rehabilitation of the child.
The examination revealed high intensity caries process (kp + CPV = 7), the index has
been received Fedorov-3, 0 points. Which assessment meets the hygienic condition of
the mouth of the child:
A.
satisfactory;
B.
very bad;
C.
unsatisfactory;
D.
good;
E.
bad.
899.
Patient in '25 turned to the doctor complaining of severe bleeding gums, dry mouth,
mobility and change the position of teeth, hnoyetechu gums, bad breath. Patient
considers himself about 2 months. What research is necessary to conduct primarily for
diagnosis:
900.
A.
analysis in blood sugar;
B.
revmoproby;
C.
allergic test;
D.
serological studies;
E.
immunological research.
Child '14 complains bleeding gums when brushing your teeth for a year.
OBJECTIVE: gingival papillae swollen, cyanotic, slightly increased in size. What
additional research is necessary to clarify the diagnosis:
901.
A.
blood;
B.
sample Yasinovka;
C.
reoparodontohrafiya;
D.
radiography;
E.
sample Schiller-Pisarev.
The patient complains of '30 jam food between 46 and 47 teeth, appeared two weeks
ago. OBJECTIVE: 46.47 teeth intact, percussion painless teeth, the gum papilla between
46-47 teeth somewhat defined small amount of fibrous food residue. What type of
research should be used for concealed cavities:
902.
A.
fluorescent diagnostics;
B.
electroodontodiagnosis;
C.
transilyuministsentnu diagnosis;
D.
radiographic studies;
E.
welcome color.
Patient '45 complains of pain in the region of 37 teeth. Objectively, 37 tooth covered
mytalevoyu crown, ash bud in section 37 and 36 teeth swollen and hyperemic
underneath swollen with cyanotic tinge bleeds when touched. Put diagnosis
A.
acute catarrhal papillitis;
B.
chronic catarrhal papillitis;
C.
Acute hypertrophic papillitis;
D.
chronic hypertrophic papillitis;
E.
no correct answer.
903.
Patient '45 complains of pain in the region of 37 teeth. Objectively, 37 tooth covered
mytalevoyu crown, ash bud in section 37 and 36 teeth swollen with cyanotic tinge bleeds
when touched. Diagnosed, chronic catarrhal papillitis. Your treatment strategy:
904.
A.
replacement crowns;
B.
UHF-therapy;
C.
requires no treatment;
D.
rinse medicines;
E.
electrophoresis-potassium iodine.
The patient complains of education in the area of tooth 46. Objectively ash papilla
between 46 i47 hyperplastic teeth, bleeding when touched, overlapping crowns on teeth
1/2. In 46 deep tooth cavity. Put diagnosis
905.
A.
hypertrophic papillitis and art.;
B.
hypertrophic papillitis second century.;
C.
hypertrophic papillitis III.;
D.
chronic catarrhal papillitis;
E.
chronic ulcerative papillitis.
The patient complains of education in the area of tooth 46. Objectively ash papilla
between 46 i47 hyperplastic teeth, bleeding when touched, overlapping crowns of teeth
on 2/3. In 46 deep tooth cavity. Put diagnosis
906.
A.
hypertrophic papillitis and art.;
B.
hypertrophic papillitis second century.;
C.
hypertrophic papillitis III.;
D.
chronic catarrhal papillitis;
E.
chronic ulcerative papillitis.
The patient complains of education in the area of tooth 46. OBJECTIVE: ash papilla
between 46 i47 hyperplastic teeth, bleeding when touched, overlapping crowns of teeth
on 1/3. In 46 deep tooth cavity. Put diagnosis
907.
A.
hypertrophic papillitis and art.;
B.
hypertrophic papillitis second century.;
C.
hypertrophic papillitis III.;
D.
chronic catarrhal papillitis;
E.
chronic ulcerative papillitis.
Patient 33 years skarzhytsya of pain in the region of 37 teeth. OBJECTIVE: in 37
deep tooth cavity, ash bud in section 37 vyrazkuvatyy covered with gray bloom,
bleeding when touched, abundant plaque left lymph nodes are enlarged, painful on
palpation. Put diagnosis
908.
A.
acute catarrhal papillitis;
B.
ulcerative papillitis;
C.
atrophic papillitis;
D.
hypertrophic papillitis;
E.
no correct answer.
Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash bud
hyperemic, swollen, bleeding when touched. Put diagnosis
909.
A.
chronic catarrhal papillitis;
B.
acute catarrhal papillitis;
C.
atrophic papillitis;
D.
hypertrophic papillitis;
E.
no correct answer.
Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash bud
hyperemic, swollen, bleeding when touched. Diagnosed, acute catarrhal papillitis. Your
tactics:
910.
A.
UHF-therapy;
B.
requires no treatment;
C.
pereplombuvannya;
D.
rinse;
E.
no correct answer.
Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash papilla
swollen, cyanotic hue bleeds when touched. Put diagnosis
911.
A.
chronic catarrhal papillitis;
B.
acute catarrhal papillitis;
C.
Acute hypertrophic;
D.
chronic hypertrophic;
E.
no right answer;
Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash papilla
swollen, cyanotic hue bleeds when touched. Your tactics:
A.
UHF-therapy;
B.
requires no treatment;
C.
pereplombuvannya;
912.
D.
rinse;
E.
no right answer;
To the dentist asked the patient complaining of bleeding gums and pain in diyantsi
46 tooth. OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 46 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash bud
hyperemic, swollen, bleeding when touched. Put diagnosis
A.
acute catarrhal papillitis;
B.
hypertrophic papillitis;
C.
chronic catarrhal papillitis;
D.
atrophic papillitis;
E.
no correct answer.
SITUATIONAL TASKS
1. In histological preparation determined the formation of oral mucosa is presented, which
is part of the free and attached firmly adherent to the periosteum. Multilayered
epithelium, flat, rohoviyuchyy. Own plate forming long nipples are jutting out into the
deep epithelium. Call it education:
A. cheeks
B. hard palate
C. * Gums
D. lip
E. tongue
2. At a reception at the dentist when viewed from the patient revealed that prysinka depth
is 4.5 mm. It says:
A. Very shallow
B. Middle prysinku
C. Deep prysinku
D. Very deep
E. * Milka prysinku
3. When viewed prysinka oral patient revealed that its depth is 9 mm. It says:
A. Milka prysinku
B. * Middle prysinku
C. Deep prysinku
D. Norm
E. There is no right answer
4. When viewed prysinka oral patient revealed that its depth is 9 mm. It says:
A. shallow prysinku
B. * Average prysinku
C. deep prysinku
D. Normally
E. no right answer
5. On examination of children in '15 hemorrhage detected in 35% of cases. How can I
describe this figure
A. low
B. high
C. * Moderate
D. very low
E. very high
6. The patient complained of bleeding gums when consuming solid food. What degree of
bleeding in this patient
A. 2 degree
B. * 1 degree
C. 3 degree
D. 4 degree
E. 5th level
7. An examination of the wall in front of the mouth are paying attention to the mucous
membrane of the cheek in the area of six upper teeth. Which anatomical formation is
taken into account in this case?
A. excretory duct submandibulars salivary gland
B. * Excretory duct parotid salivary gland
C. infraorbitalnyy channel
D. maxillary sinus
E. all answers are correct
8. During a routine inspection of the patient revealed 2 degree bleeding gums. It says:
A. * Bleeding during brushing
B. bleeding during consumption of solid food
C. spontaneous bleeding
D. no right answer
E. bleeding during probing
9. The examination revealed that the recession becomes muco-gingival border. Which
class recession according to the classification of Miller responds:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
1 class
* Class 2
Class 3
Class 4
no right answer
10. The examination revealed that due to gum recession was losing gingival papillae.
Which class recession according to the classification of Miller responds:
A. 1 class
B. Class 2
C. * Class 3
D. Class 4
E. no right answer
11. The examination revealed that due to gum recession was losing gingival papillae and
disrupted the position of the tooth. Which class recession according to the classification
of Miller responds:
A. 1 class
B. Class 2
C. Class 3
D. * Class 4
E. no right answer
12. This clinical picture: the appearance of color changes due to inflammation of the gums,
bleeding in probing occurs, may cause spontaneous bleeding gums and erosions of the
epithelium. In Myulemanu index gingival sulcus bleeding in this case says:
A. 1 degree of inflammation
B. 2 degrees of inflammation
C. Grade 4 inflammation
D. 3 degrees of inflammation
E. * 5 degree of inflammation
13. The patient chronic generalized periodontitis in remission. When microbiological study
content pockets were seeded microorganisms. How many of their colonies per 1 cm2
thus found?
A. * 36
B. 26
C. 46
D. 6
E. 2.1
14. In women diagnosed with exacerbation of chronic generalized periodontitis. When
microbiological study content pockets were seeded microorganisms. How many of
their colonies per 1 cm2 thus found?
A. 460
B. * 360
C. 560
D. 1-60
E. 1-20
15. The patient is recommended to conduct oral tsytodiahnostyku. Material for the study
will be taken from:
A. * Mucosa cheeks, above the interdigitation
B. Mucosa in the region of the angle of the mouth
C. Mucosa floor of the mouth
D. Mucosa cheek below the interdigitation
E. There is no correct answer
16. When the reaction of adsorption of microorganisms found that PAM is 83%. Describe
the nonspecific resistance in this indicator:
A. Poor
B. Poor
C. Satisfactory
D. Very good
E. * Good
17. The reaction of adsorption of microorganisms found that PAM is 36%. Describe the
nonspecific resistance in this indicator:
A. Poor
B. Poor
C. Very good
D. * Satisfactory
E. Good
18. Patient 5 years of complaining about bad mouth, gum overgrowth. In the history of
epilepsy, the patient systematically taking hydantoin (difenin). On examination,
hyperemia and edema of the gums, gums covering teeth crowns for 1/2, palpation
bleed. Blood and urine tests are normal. What is the most likely diagnosis?
A. Juvenile gingivitis
B. * Difeninovyy gingivitis
C. Bismuth gingivitis
D. Mercury gingivitis
E. Gingivitis is pregnant
19. The patient in the treatment of catarrhal gingivitis over three weeks spent oral bath with
antiseptic solution. This notice discoloration crowns. What antiseptic is able to cause
this?
A. Peroxide
B. Yodinola
C. Potassium permanganate
D. Furatsillina
E. * Chlorhexidine
20. A patient diagnosed with ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis. Which of the following clinical
signs are characteristic of this disease?
A. Swelling and redness of the mucous membrane
B. Dirty, gray fibrin plaque on the gums
C. Necrosis interdental papillae
D. The plight of the patient
E. * That's right
21. The patient in '28 diagnosed with ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis moderately. An
objective examination revealed:
A. Swollen lymph nodes
B. Dirty, gray fibrin plaque on the gums
C. Necrosis interdental papillae
D. Edema and hyperemia of the mucosa
E. * That's right
22. To the doctor turned patient 39. The complaints of general weakness, fever, pain in the
mouth, rapid bleeding gums, putrefactive breath for 4-nights. On examination: the
patient was pale, regional lymph nodes are enlarged, painful on palpation, mucous
membrane of the gums on both jaws swollen, flushed, covered with gray bloom that is
easily removed, sharply painful and bleeding. Which of the following diagnoses is
most likely?
A. * Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B. Catarrhal gingivitis
C. Merkurialnyy gingivitis
D. Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E. Generalized periodontitis
23. The patient diagnosed with hypertrophic gingivitis. Established that the cause of the
disease was the change in the internal organs. What pererahovnoho caused?
A. * Endocrine pathology
B. Hypertension
C. Cardiac glycosides
D. Ulcer
E. Chronic cholecystitis
24. Patients with hypertrophic gingivitis shows the operation hinhivektomiyi. Which route
will be cut at a given surgical intervention?
A. Horizontal
B. * Continuous hirlyandopodibnyy
C. Intermittent Garland similar
D. Oval
E. There is no right answer
25. The patient in '34 diagnosed ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis. When microbiological study
of plaque from the gum found at:
A. Fuzobakteriyi
B. Spirochaete
C. Actinomycetes
D. Hromomitsety
E. * That's right
26. The patient was diagnosed thipertrofichnyy gingivitis puffy shape. What will manifest
clinically in this patient as a result of late edema and hyperplasia?
A. Periodontal pockets
B. Ulcers
C. Syphiloma
D. * Gingival pockets
E. Papilloma
27. At the reception appealed patient with catarrhal gingivitis moderately. How much ash
is included in the inflammatory process in this case:
A. Of papillary
B. * Papillary and marginal
C. Marginal and alveolar
D. Alveolar, marginal, papillary
E. There is no right answer
28. Patient diagnosed with hypertrophic gingivitis. The doctor decided to sklerotyzatsiyi
procedure. What single dose of the drug during deep sklerotyzatsiyi?
A. 0.2-0.4 ml
B. 0.3-0.5 ml
C. 0.4-0.5 ml
D. * 0.1-0.2 ml
E. 0.7 ml
29. Patients with periodontal diseases subject to mandatory medical examination Patients
with catarrhal gingivitis should be attributed to:
A. Group 1 clinical patients
B. 3 groups of clinical patients
C. * 2 groups of clinical patients
D. 4 groups of clinical patients
E. 5 groups of clinical patients
30. The patient came to the doctor for the final phase of treatment of ulcerative gingivitis.
Which of the following groups of drugs used in this case?
A. Anesthetic
B. Enzymes
C. Sulfonamide
D. * Keratoplasty
E. There is no right answer.
31. The patient came to the doctor for the final phase of treatment of ulcerative gingivitis.
Which of the following drugs used in this case?
A. Metronidazole
B. Chlorhexidine
C. Biseptol
D. Trypsin
E. * A solution of vitamin A
32. On admission to a pediatric dentist parents brought a girl 7 years. Complaints child for
bad breath, gum overgrowth. In the history of epilepsy, the patient systematically
taking hydantoin (difenin). On examination, hyperemia and edema of the gums, gums
covering teeth crowns for 1/2, palpation bleed. Blood and urine tests are normal. What
is the most likely diagnosis?
A. Juvenile gingivitis
B. * Difeninovyy gingivitis
C. Bismuth gingivitis
D. Mercury gingivitis
E. Gingivitis is pregnant
33. On the advice of child's dentist parents came 10 year old boy. The boy complains
sprawl gums, bad breath. The patient consistently taking antiepileptic drug difenin.
Objectively redness and swelling of the gums, gums cover the crowns of teeth in 1/3,
palpation bleed. Blood and urine tests are normal. What is the preliminary diagnosis?
A. Juvenile gingivitis
B. Gingivitis is pregnant
C. Bismuth gingivitis
D. * Mercury gingivitis
E. Difeninovyy gingivitis
34. Patient complains of '46 bleeding gums, hnoyetechu, tooth mobility. Sick for 10 years.
On examination: clear the upper and lower jaws are congested, swollen, with
dotorkuvanni bleed. In the 42, 41, 32, 31 teeth periodontal pockets up to 7 mm with
purulent discharge, the mobility of II degree, the remaining teeth and degree. The Xray - resorption mezhalveolyarnyh partitions in 42, 41, 31, 32 2/3 the length of the root,
the phenomenon of osteoporosis. Which of the following methods most indicated for
surgical treatment of this disease?
A. Kriokyuretazh
B. * Patchwork operation
C. Curettage
D. Hinhivotomiya
E. Hinhivektomiya
35. Patient G. that dispensary diagnosed with generalized periodontitis, and the extent to
chronic under examination [X-ray] at 6 months showed bone lonely pocket between 24
and 25 teeth, reaching 1/2 interalveolar height. The 24 tooth with amalgam filling goes
deeply into the interdental space. Your tactics regarding bone pockets after correction
fillings?
A. Hold course lincomycin in transition folds 24 and 25 teeth № 7-10
B. * Will hold open curettage
C. Hold hinhivektomiyu
D. Hold hinhivotomiyu
E. Hold a series of periodontal dressings metroqyl-denta
36. Patient M., 32 years old need to curettage gingival and periodontal pockets. The
criterion of efficiency curettage gingival and periodontal pockets in the implementation
are:
A. Lack pid'yasennoho tartar
B. * Lack of severe bleeding, lack pid'yasennoho tartar, granulation and epithelial
vrosshoho
C. Complete absence of bleeding
D. Clear tightly to the teeth
E. Lack of granulation and epithelial vrosshoho
37. Patient Y. The diagnosis "generalized periodontitis degree, chronic." What will be the
first session of the local treatment?
A. * Temporary splinting
B. Treatment of symptomatic gingivitis
C. Anti-inflammatory therapy
D. Curettage periodontal pockets
E. Antiseptic treatment and removal of dental plaque
38. Woman '45 complains of bad breath, bleeding gums and pain that intensified when
eating. OBJECTIVE: catarrhal gingivitis degree, periodontal pockets reach neck 4 mm,
containing a moderate amount of serous - pus. It is noted delaying tartar and plaque in
nad'yasneviy and pid'yasneviy parts of the tooth. Mobility of teeth Class. Radiological
findings: cortical plate impaired resorption of alveolar bone reaches half the height
mezhalveolyarnyh membranes. Diagnosed chronic generalized periodontitis second
degree. Where to begin treatment?
A. Appointment of mud applications
B. * Removal of dental plaque.
C. Purpose of the means of anti-inflammatory
D. Conducting temporary splinting
E. The planned operation
39. In the Clinic Preventive Dentistry appealed patient aged 40 years., Who diagnosed
acute generalized periodontitis III. severity. What type of curettage can be used in this
nosology
A. Outdoor and vacuum - curettage
B. * Vacuum - curettage, cryo - curettage
C. Open curettage
D. Closed curettage
E. Open and closed curettage
40. The patient, in '41, diagnosed with generalized periodontitis 2 degrees of severity,
sharp course with abscess formation. Which methods of general treatment should be
appointed in the first place?
A. Stimulant therapy
B. Hyposensitization therapy
C. Physiotherapy
D. * Antibiotic
E. Vitamin
41. The patient, 46 years old, diagnosed with generalized periodontitis 2 degrees of
severity, sharp course. Recently, the patient noted deterioration, skin itch, dryness in
the mouth. Which methods of additional tests should be used before embarking on
treatment?
A. Total blood
B. Urinalysis
C. Determination of vitamin C in the blood
D. * Determination of blood sugar
E. Immunological studies of blood
42. The patient appealed to the dentist with complaints of persistent spontaneous pain,
swelling of the gums in 26 and 27 teeth for 2 days. An examination of the lips of the
upper and lower jaws of a large number of soft and hard plaque. At 26 and 27 teeth
adjacent large fillings, contact checkbox, clear congested, swollen, on alveolar part of
the protrusion, palpation painful, tooth-gingival pocket 6 mm with purulent exudate.
What is the primary tactic local drug treatment?
A. Closed curettage tools gingival pockets
B. * Removal of dental plaque, periodontal abscess disclosure
C. Removal of dental plaque, application of medicines to clear
D. Open curettage of periodontal pockets
E. Rinse antiseptic Appointment
43. The patient complains of '55 bad breath, bleeding gums and pain that intensified when
eating. OBJECTIVE: catarrhal gingivitis degree, periodontal pocket depth of 4 mm,
containing a moderate amount of serous - pus. It is noted delaying tartar and plaque in
nad'yasneviy and pid'yasneviy parts of the tooth. Mobility of teeth Class. Radiological
findings: cortical plate impaired resorption of alveolar bone reaches half the height
mezhalveolyarnyh membranes. Diagnosed chronic generalized periodontitis second
degree. Where to begin treatment?
A. Appointment of mud applications
B. * Removal of dental plaque.
C. Purpose of the means of anti-inflammatory
D. Conducting temporary splinting
E. The planned operation
44. Patient A., 35 years old with a diagnosis of chronic generalized periodontitis II
severity, need to surgery. The criterion for selection of surgical intervention in
treatment parodotytu are:
A. The depth of periodontal pockets
B. Complaints patient
C. Duration of disease
D. Age of the patient
E. * The depth of periodontal pockets, the general condition of the patient, the patient's
age
45. Patient M., 32 years old need to curettage gingival and periodontal pockets. The
criterion of efficiency curettage gingival and periodontal pockets in the implementation
are:
A. Lack pid'yasennoho tartar
B. * Lack of severe bleeding, lack pid'yasennoho tartar, granulation and epithelial
vrosshoho
C. Complete absence of bleeding
D. Clear tightly to the teeth
E. Lack of granulation and epithelial vrosshoho
46. On admission the patient came in '36 with complaints of bleeding gums, hnoyetechu,
tooth mobility. Sick for 10 years. On examination: clear the upper and lower jaws are
congested, swollen, with dotorkuvanni bleed. In the 42, 41, 32, 31 teeth periodontal
pockets up to 7 mm with purulent discharge, the mobility of II degree, the remaining
teeth and degree. The X-ray - resorption mezhalveolyarnyh partitions in 42, 41, 31, 32
2/3 the length of the root, the phenomenon of osteoporosis. Which of the following
methods most indicated for surgical treatment of this disease?
A. Kriokyuretazh
B. * Patchwork operation
C. Curettage
D. Hinhivotomiya
E. Hinhivektomiya
47. In consultation addressed patient in '42 with complaints bleeding gums, hnoyetechu
gums, tooth mobility. Sick 8 years. OBJECTIVE: gums on the upper and lower jaws
hyperemic, edematous, with dotorkuvanni bleed. In the 32, 31, 42, 41 teeth periodontal
pockets up to 6.5 mm with purulent discharge, the mobility of II degree, the remaining
teeth and degree. The X-ray - resorption mezhalveolyarnyh partitions in 42, 41, 31, 32
2/3 the length of the root, the phenomenon of osteoporosis. Which of the following
methods most indicated for surgical treatment of this disease?
A. Kriokyuretazh
B. Curettage
C. * Patchwork operation
D. Hinhivotomiya
E. Hinhivektomiya
48. Woman '38 complains hnoyetechu and bleeding gums, tooth mobility. OBJECTIVE:
gums on the upper and lower jaws hyperemic, edematous, with dotorkuvanni bleeding,
periodontal pocket of 6 mm with purulent discharge, the mobility of the second degree.
The X-ray - resorption mezhalveolyarnyh walls on 2/3 the length of the root, the
phenomenon of osteoporosis. Which of the following most indicated for surgical
treatment of this disease?
A. Kriokyuretazh
B. Curettage
C. * Patchwork operation
D. Hinhivotomiya
E. Hinhivektomiya
49. A patient with periodontal pathology recommended surgery - operation
hinhivektomiyi. The operation will be conducted in the right side area of the upper jaw.
What number of teeth will obmezhovuvatys operative field?
A. * 3.2
B. 4.6
C. 6.8
D. 2.1
E. 4.3
50. When examining a patient with a diagnosis of chronic generalized periodontitis and
severity discovered bone lonely pocket between 24 and 25 teeth, reaching 1/2
interalveolar height. The 24 tooth with amalgam filling goes deeply into the interdental
space. Your tactics regarding bone pocket after correction fillings?
A. Hold course lincomycin in transition folds 24 and 25 teeth № 7-10
B. * Will hold open curettage
C. Hold hinhivektomiyu
D. Hold hinhivotomiyu
E. Hold a series of periodontal dressings metroqyl-denta
51. On the advice appealed woman, 35 years. The woman is on the records with a
diagnosis of chronic generalized periodontitis and severity. The examination revealed
bone lonely pocket between 13 and 14 teeth, reaching 1/2 interalveolar height. The 14
tooth set a seal that goes deeply into the interdental space. Your tactics regarding bone
pocket after correction fillings?
A. Hold a course of antibiotics for a transitional folds 24 and 25 teeth № 7-10
B. * Will hold open curettage
C. Hold hinhivektomiyu
D. Hold closed curettage
E. Hold a series of periodontal dressings metroqyl-denta
52. Patient in '40 is on the records with a diagnosis of chronic generalized periodontitis
and severity. At the planned examination revealed bone lonely pocket between 14 and
15 teeth, reaching 1/2 interalveolar height. What treatment should be in this case?
A. Hold a course of antibiotics for a transitional folds 24 and 25 teeth № 7-10
B. * Will hold open curettage
C. Hold hinhivektomiyu
D. Hold closed curettage
E. Hold a series of periodontal dressings metroqyl-denta
53. Patient doctor prescribed brushing toothpaste containing calcium and fluoride. Which
group includes this toothpaste?
A. * The group protykarioznyh medical toothpastes
B. The group therapeutic toothpastes
C. The group hygienic toothpaste
D. The group of anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention toothpaste
E. There is no right answer
54. In determining the index Fedorova - has been received revealed that the state of oral
hygiene is very poor, with multiple dental plaque. What kind of toothpaste should be
used in this case
A. * Type Smokers Toothpaste
B. Toothpaste Anti-Plaque Type
C. paste type Sensitive
D. protykarioznu therapeutic - prophylactic paste
E. no right answer
55. An examination of the patient revealed multiple wedge-shaped defects. Which band
toothpastes can recommend this patient
A. paste type Smokers
B. Toothpaste Anti-Plaque Type
C. * Type Sensitive Toothpaste
D. protykarioznu therapeutic - prophylactic paste
E. no right answer
56. In vah'itnoyi patient hypertrophic gingivitis. What toothpaste can recommend in this
case?
A. * Anti-inflammatory treatment and prevention
B. Therapeutical
C. Protykarioznu medical - preventive
D. Sanitarily
E. There is no right answer
57. The patient was diagnosed pathology of periodontal tissues. What method of cleaning
can be recommended in this case?
A. * Method Bass
B. Method charter
C. Method Background
D. Method Stilmana
E. Method Leonard
58. The patient chronic generalized periodontitis in remission. When microbiological
study content pockets were seeded microorganisms. How many of their colonies per 1
cm2 thus found?
A. * 36
B. 26
C. 46
D. 1 - 6
E. 2.1
59. In women diagnosed with exacerbation of chronic generalized periodontitis. When
microbiological study content pockets were seeded microorganisms. How many of
their colonies per 1 cm2 thus found?
A. 460
B. * 360
C. 560
D. 1-60
E. 1-20
60. Patient R., 22 years old, diagnosed - ulcerative-necrotic stomatitis Vincent. During the
surface treatment of ulcers necrotic plaque is removed from the effort. What are the
medications most appropriate solution for the raid?
A. Antifungal drugs
B. * Proteolitichni enzymes
C. Antiseptic drugs
D. Keratoplasty
E. Keratolityky
61. After suffering ARI patient appealed to the dentist complaining of pain in the gums,
bad breath, inability to eat, general weakness. OBJECTIVE: clear congested, swollen,
covered with fibrinous coating, which occurs when removing the bleeding.
Microbiological research gum tissue revealed a large number of cocci, bacilli, and
spirochetes fuzobakteriy. Specify drug treatment etiotropic
A. Karotolina
B. Haloskorbin
C. Potassium permanganate
D. Trypsin
E. * Metronidazole
62. Patient '17 complains of pain in the mouth, bleeding gums sharp, putrefactive breath,
general weakness within 3 days. On examination: the patient is pale, regional lymph
nodes are enlarged, painful on palpation, mucous membrane of the gums on both jaws
swollen, flushed, covered with gray bloom that is easily removed, sharply painful and
bleeding. Which of the following diagnoses is most likely?
A. * Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B. Catarrhal gingivitis
C. Merkurialnyy gingivitis
D. Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E. Generalized periodontitis
63. Patient complains of '17 bleeding gums and pain within six months. On examination
gingival papillae in the frontal area of the upper and lower jaws swollen, hyperemic.
Relief gingival margin broken, papillae cover crowns on teeth 1/2, palpation bleed,
false pocket depth of 4 mm, nad'yasenevi dental plaque. What interventions are most
effective for local treatment of this disease
A. Diathermocoagulation hypertrophied papillae
B. Sclerotherapy 50% glucose solution
C. Overlay tsyklofosfanovoyi paste
D. Phonophoresis Heparin ointment
E. * Anti-inflammatory therapy, excision of gum
64. Patient complains of '16 overgrowth of gums, their bleeding, pain when eating.
Complaints during the year. The examination is marked skuchenist teeth on the lower
jaw. Gingival papillae on the lower jaw increased in size, covering the crowns of teeth
on 1/2, bright red, bleeding when touched, nad'yasenevi dental plaque. On radiographs
unchanged. Applications which feed you want to assign to the local anti-inflammatory
therapy?
A. Etoniyevoyi
B. * Hinozolovoyi
C. Metatsylovoyi
D. Furatsylinovoyi
E. Heparin
65. Pregnant '20 complains overgrowth of gums, bleeding and pain when consuming food
or cleaning teeth. Objectively: the gingival papillae on the upper and lower jaws are
congested, cover the crowns of teeth on the 1/2, bleeding, painful. Festonchastist
gingival margin broken. What is the most likely diagnosis in pregnant?
A. Aggravation of periodontitis
B. Acute catarrhal gingivitis.
C. Chronic catarrhal gingivitis.
D. * Hypertrophic gingivitis, puffy shape.
E. There is no right answer
66. Patient '23 complains of pain in the mouth, bad breath, fever up to 38C. Patient pale,
adynamic, regional lymph nodes are enlarged, painful. Interdental papillae and
marginal part gums swollen, hyperemic, in ulcers, covered with necrotic plaque on
teeth tartar deposits nad'yasenevoho and soft plaque. What additional research needs to
be undertaken for diagnosis of this condition?
A. * Total blood
B. Fluorescent
C. Bacteriological
D. Immunological
E. Cytological
67. Patient complains of '16 overgrowth of gum in front teeth upper and lower jaws.
Diagnosed hypertrophic gingivitis medium severity. Pathology which system is
important in the etiology of this disease?
A. Digestive
B. * Endocrine
C. Vascular
D. Immune
E. Nervous
68. Patient, 20 years old, grumbles overgrowth of gums and bleeding when brushing teeth.
OBJECTIVE: proliferation of gingival papillae at all teeth that 1/2 override crown
height of teeth, gums, bright red, painful on palpation. What pathogenetic treatment
should be applied here?
A. Stimulant
B. Anti-inflammatory
C. Antimicrobial
D. * Sclerosing
E. Remineralization.
69. The patient in '23 was diagnosed: "Hypertrophic gingivitis, fibrous shape, average
severity." What is the most rational treatment?
A. * Surgical
B. Diathermocoagulation.
C. Anti-inflammatory therapy.
D. Sclerotherapy
E. There is no right answer
70. Patient, 26 years old, appealed with complaints about the proliferation of gum.
OBJECTIVE: In section 14 of the tooth gums fungous growths limited form dense,
dark red with cyanotic tinge. 14 tooth mobility in the vestibular-oral direction.
Abnormal formation of patient noted a year ago, and connects with pregnancy. What is
the most likely diagnosis?
A. Gingival fibromatosis
B. * Epulit, anheomatozna form
C. Hypertrophic gingivitis, swelling form
D. Acute localized periodontitis of moderate severity
E. Hypertrophic gingivitis, fibrous form.
71. Patient 19, a driver complains of malaise, fever, sore gums, bad breath. Objectively:
the gingival papillae and gingival edge grayish, friable, easily removed with
uncovering ulcers, bleeding and sharply painful surface. Oral mucosa pink. What is the
most likely diagnosis in the patient?
A. Acute ulcerative gingivitis.
B. Acute leukemia
C. Lead gingivitis
D. Gangrenous gingivitis
E. Chronic ulcerative gingivitis
72. Patient complains of '30 overgrowth of gum in 22, 23, 24 teeth, which is noticed more
than 3 months ago. On examination: the contact surfaces 22, 23, 24 teeth deep cavities,
interdental contacts violated ash papillae increased in volume, covering the crowns of
teeth on 1/3 at dotorkuvanni bleeding on the radiograph changes not. Which of the
following diagnoses is most likely?
A. * Localized hypertrophic gingivitis
B. Chronic papillitis
C. Nad'yasenevyy epulis
D. Localized periodontitis
E. Generalized hypertrophic gingivitis
73. The patient in '18 revealed the diagnosis "chronic catarrhal gingivitis." When X-ray
revealed alveolar bone osteoporosis. What pathogenetic therapy lead to eradication of
the disease.
A. * Immunomodulatory therapy.
B. Antihistamine therapy.
C. Antibiotic.
D. Vitamin.
E. Electrophoresis calcium supplements
74. During the examination, the patient R., 25 years old, diagnosed - ulcerative-necrotic
stomatitis Vincent. During processing poverhen ulcers necrotic plaque is removed from
the effort. What are the medications most appropriate solution for the raid?
A. Antifungal drugs
B. * Proteolitichni enzymes
C. Antiseptic drugs
D. Keratoplasty
E. Keratolityky
75. On the advice of the patient turned 38 years old. Patient after suffering a cold.
Complaints of pain in the gums, bad breath, inability to eat, general weakness.
OBJECTIVE: clear congested, swollen, covered with fibrinous coating, which occurs
when removing the bleeding. Microbiological research gum tissue revealed a large
number of cocci, bacilli, and spirochetes fuzobakteriy. Specify drug treatment
etiotropic
A. Karotolina
B. Haloskorbin
C. Potassium permanganate
D. Trypsin
E. * Metronidazole
76. On the advice of the patient came 28 years after suffering a cold. Complaints of pain in
the gums, bad breath, inability to eat, general weakness. OBJECTIVE: clear congested,
swollen, covered with fibrinous coating, which occurs when removing the bleeding.
Microbiological research gum tissue revealed a large number of cocci, bacilli, and
spirochetes fuzobakteriy. Select a drug for general etiotropic treatment for this patient
A. Karotolina
B. Halaskorbin
C. Potassium permanganate
D. Trypsin
E. * Metronidazole
77. Patient '27 complains of pain in the mouth, bleeding gums sharp, putrefactive breath,
general weakness within 3 days. Objective: the patient is pale, regional lymph nodes
are enlarged, painful on palpation, mucous membrane of the gums on both jaws
swollen, flushed, covered with gray bloom that is easily removed, sharply painful and
bleeding. Which of the following diagnoses is most likely?
A. * Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B. Catarrhal gingivitis
C. Merkurialnyy gingivitis
D. Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E. Generalized periodontitis
78. To the doctor turned patient 19. Complaints of pain in the mouth, rapid bleeding gums,
putrefactive breath, general weakness within 3 days. On examination: the patient was
pale, regional lymph nodes are enlarged, painful on palpation, mucous membrane of
the gums on both jaws swollen, flushed, covered with gray bloom that is easily
removed, sharply painful and bleeding. Which of the following diagnoses is most
likely?
A. * Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B. Catarrhal gingivitis
C. Merkurialnyy gingivitis
D. Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E. Generalized periodontitis
79. To the doctor turned sick in '19 with complaints of bleeding and sore gums within six
months. On examination gingival papillae in the frontal area of the upper and lower
jaws swollen, hyperemic. Relief gingival margin broken, papillae cover crowns on
teeth 1/2, palpation bleed, false pocket depth of 4 mm, nad'yasenevi dental plaque.
What interventions are most effective for local treatment of this disease
A. Diathermocoagulation hypertrophied papillae
B. Sclerotherapy 50% glucose solution
C. Overlay tsyklofosfanovoyi paste
D. Phonophoresis Heparin ointment
E. * Anti-inflammatory therapy, excision of gum
80. The patient complains of '29 bleeding and sore gums during 6 months. On examination
gingival papillae in areas of the upper and lower jaws swollen, hyperemic. Relief
gingival margin broken, papillae cover crowns on teeth 1/2, palpation bleed, false
pocket depth of 4 mm, nad'yasenevi dental plaque. What is the preliminary diagnosis
A. Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B. Merkurialnyy gingivitis
C. Periodontal Disease
D. * Hypertrophic gingivitis 2 severity
E. Generalized periodontitis
81. The patient complains of '32 bleeding and sore gums during 6 months. OBJECTIVE:
gingival papillae in parts of the upper and lower jaws swollen, hyperemic. Relief
gingival margin broken, papillae cover crowns of teeth in 1/3, palpation bleed, false
pocket depth of 2 mm, nad'yasenevi dental plaque. What is the preliminary diagnosis
A. Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B. * Hypertrophic gingivitis 1 degree of severity
C. Periodontal Disease
D. Hypertrophic gingivitis 2 severity
E. Generalized periodontitis
82. To the doctor turned patient in '29 with complaints of bleeding and sore gums within
six months. On examination gingival papillae in the frontal area of the upper and lower
jaws swollen, hyperemic. Relief gingival margin broken, papillae cover crowns on
teeth 1/2, palpation bleed, false pocket depth of 4 mm, nad'yasenevi dental plaque.
What is the preliminary diagnosis
A. Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B. Merkurialnyy gingivitis
C. Periodontal Disease
D. * Hypertrophic gingivitis
E. Generalized periodontitis
83. The patient in '34 diagnosed acute necrotizing ulcerative gingivitis-mild severity. What
data radiographs in this case:
A. * Cortical plate and bone interdental septum saved
B. Cortical plate interdental septum is preserved, bone loss at 1/3 the length of the root
C. Cortical plate interdental septum rozrushena, bone loss at ½ the length of the root
D. All answers are correct
E. There is no right answer
84. On admission the patient filed in '18 complaining of gingival overgrowth, their
bleeding, pain when eating. Complaints during the year. An examination observed that
gingival papillae on the lower jaw increased in size, covering crowns on teeth 1/2,
bright red, bleeding when touched, nad'yasenevi dental plaque, skuchenist teeth on the
lower jaw. On radiographs unchanged. Applications which feed you want to assign to
the local anti-inflammatory therapy?
A. Etoniyevoyi
B. * Hinozolovoyi
C. Metatsylovoyi
D. Furatsylinovoyi
E. Heparin
85. On admission the patient filed in '17 complaining of gingival overgrowth, their
bleeding, pain when eating. Complaints over six months. An examination observed that
gingival papillae on the lower jaw increased in size, covering crowns on teeth 1/2,
bright red, bleeding when touched, nad'yasenevi dental plaque, skuchenist teeth on the
lower jaw. On radiographs unchanged. What is the preliminary diagnosis?
A. Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B. Catarrhal gingivitis
C. * Hypertrophic gingivitis
D. Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E. Generalized periodontitis
86. To the doctor turned patient in '16 complaining of gingival overgrowth, their bleeding,
pain when eating. These complaints within six months. OBJECTIVE: gingival papillae
increased in size, covering the crowns of teeth on the 1/2, bright red, bleeding when
touched, nad'yasenevi dental plaque, skuchenist teeth on the lower jaw. On radiographs
unchanged. What is the preliminary diagnosis?
A. Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
B. Catarrhal gingivitis
C. * Hypertrophic gingivitis, swelling form
D. Herpetic hinhivostomatyt
E. Hypertrophic gingivitis, fibrous form
87. An objective examination of the patient vstnovleno that a clear bright red, polished
color. Which of the following gingivitis characterized this picture?
A. Hypertrophic gingivitis
B. Sharp catarrhal gingivitis
C. Ulcer-necrotizing gingivitis
D. * Deskvamativny gingivitis
E. Atrophic gingivitis
88. Pregnant '25 complains overgrowth of gums, bleeding and pain when consuming food
or cleaning teeth. Objectively: the gingival papillae on the upper and lower jaws are
congested, cover the crowns of teeth on the 1/3, bleeding, painful. Festonchastist
gingival margin broken. What is the preliminary diagnosis in pregnant?
A. Aggravation of periodontitis
B. Acute catarrhal gingivitis.
C. Chronic catarrhal gingivitis.
D. * Hypertrophic gingivitis, puffy shape.
E. There is no right answer
89. At the doctor appealed pregnant in '28 with complaints overgrowth of gums, bleeding
and pain when consuming food or cleaning teeth. On examination: the gingival papillae
on the upper and lower jaws are congested, cover the crowns of teeth on the 1/3,
bleeding, painful. Festonchastist gingival margin broken. What is the most likely
diagnosis in pregnant?
A. Aggravation of periodontitis
B. Acute catarrhal gingivitis.
C. Chronic catarrhal gingivitis.
D. * Hypertrophic gingivitis, puffy shape.
E. There is no right answer
90. At the doctor turned patsiyenka '25 complaining overgrowth of gums, bleeding and
pain when consuming food or cleaning teeth. The patient at 27 weeks gestation. On
examination: the gingival papillae on the upper and lower jaws are congested, cover the
crowns of teeth on the 1/2, bleeding, painful. Festonchastist gingival margin broken.
What is the most likely diagnosis?
A. Aggravation of periodontitis
B. Acute catarrhal gingivitis.
C. * Hypertrophic gingivitis, puffy shape of the second severity.
D. Hypertrophic gingivitis, the first form of edema severity.
E. There is no right answer
91. Patient '26 complains of pain in the mouth, bad breath, fever up to 38 C. On
examination: the patient was pale, adynamic, regional lymph nodes are enlarged,
painful. Interdental papillae and marginal part gums swollen, hyperemic, in ulcers,
covered with necrotic plaque on teeth tartar deposits nad'yasenevoho and soft plaque.
What additional research needs to be undertaken for diagnosis of this condition?
A. * Total blood
B. Fluorescent
C. Bacteriological
D. Immunological
E. Cytological
92. At the doctor turned patient in '29 with complaints of pain in the mouth, bad breath,
fever up to 38, 5 C. Objectively: the patient was pale, adynamic, regional lymph nodes
are enlarged, painful. Interdental papillae and marginal part gums swollen, hyperemic,
in ulcers, covered with necrotic plaque on teeth tartar deposits nad'yasenevoho and soft
plaque. Put previous daahnoz-ulcerative-necrotic gingivitis. What additional research
needs to be undertaken for diffusion. diagnosis of this condition?
A. * A blood test for HIV.
B. Fluorescent
C. Bacteriological
D. Immunological
E. Cytological
93. By dentist turned sick 15 years. Complaints overgrowth of gum in front teeth upper
and lower jaws. Delivered preliminary diagnosis hypertrophic gingivitis medium
severity. Changes in the system which are important in the etiology of this disease?
A. Digestive
B. * Endocrine
C. Vascular
D. Immune
E. Nervous
94. In histological preparation determined the formation of oral presentation of the
mucous membrane, which has a free part and attached firmly adherent to the
periosteum. Multilayered epithelium, flat, rohoviyuchyy. Own plate forming long
nipples are jutting out into the deep epithelium. Call it education:
A. cheeks;
B. hard palate;
C. clear;
D. lip;
E. tongue.
95. Parents of children 8 years appealed to the dentist for oral rehabilitation of the child.
The examination revealed high intensity caries process (kp + CPV = 7), the index has
been received Fedorov-3, 0 points. Which assessment meets the hygienic condition of
the mouth of the child:
A. satisfactory;
B. very bad;
C. unsatisfactory;
D. good;
E. bad.
96. Patient in '25 turned to the doctor complaining of severe bleeding gums, dry mouth,
mobility and change the position of teeth, hnoyetechu gums, bad breath. Patient
considers himself about 2 months. What research is necessary to conduct primarily for
diagnosis:
A. analysis in blood sugar;
B. revmoproby;
C. allergic test;
D. serological studies;
E. immunological research.
97. The patient complains of '30 stuck food between 46 and 47 teeth, appeared two weeks
ago. OBJECTIVE: 46.47 teeth intact, percussion painless teeth, the gum papilla
between 46-47 teeth slightly swollen and hyperemic beneath identified a small number
of fibrous food residue. What type of research should be used for concealed cavities:
A. fluorescent diagnostics;
B. electroodontodiagnosis;
C. transilyuministsentnu diagnosis;
D. radiographic studies;
E. welcome color.
98. Patient '45 complains of pain in the region of 37 teeth. Objectively, 37 tooth covered
mytalevoyu crown, ash bud in section 37 and 36 teeth swollen with cyanotic tinge
bleeds when touched. Put diagnosis
A. acute catarrhal papillitis;
B. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
C. Acute hypertrophic papillitis;
D. chronic hypertrophic papillitis;
E. no correct answer.
99. Patient '45 complains of pain in the region of 37 teeth. Objectively, 37 tooth covered
mytalevoyu crown, ash bud in section 37 and 36 teeth swollen with cyanotic tinge
bleeds when touched. Diagnosed, chronic catarrhal papillitis. Your treatment strategy:
A. replacement crowns;
B. UHF-therapy;
C. requires no treatment;
D. rinse medicines;
E. electrophoresis-potassium iodine.
100. The patient complains of education in the area of tooth 46. Objectively ash papilla
between 46 i47 hyperplastic teeth, bleeding when touched, overlapping crowns on teeth
1/2. In 46 deep tooth cavity. Put diagnosis
A. hypertrophic papillitis and art.;
B. hypertrophic papillitis second century.;
C. hypertrophic papillitis III.;
D. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
E. chronic ulcerative papillitis.
101. The patient complains of education in the area of tooth 46. Objectively ash papilla
between 46 i47 hyperplastic teeth, bleeding when touched, overlapping crowns of teeth
on 2/3. In 46 deep tooth cavity. Put diagnosis
A. hypertrophic papillitis and art.;
B. hypertrophic papillitis second century.;
C. hypertrophic papillitis III.;
D. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
E. chronic ulcerative papillitis.
102. The patient complains of education in the area of tooth 46. OBJECTIVE: ash papilla
between 46 i47 hyperplastic teeth, bleeding when touched, overlapping crowns of teeth
on 1/3. In 46 deep tooth cavity. Put diagnosis
A. hypertrophic papillitis and art.;
B. hypertrophic papillitis second century.;
C. hypertrophic papillitis III.;
D. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
E. chronic ulcerative papillitis.
103. Patient 33 years skarzhytsya of pain in the region of 37 teeth. OBJECTIVE: in 37
deep tooth cavity, ash bud in section 37 vyrazkuvatyy covered with gray bloom,
bleeding when touched, abundant plaque left lymph nodes are enlarged, painful on
palpation. Put diagnosis
A. acute catarrhal papillitis;
B. ulcerative papillitis;
C. atrophic papillitis;
D. hypertrophic papillitis;
E. no correct answer.
104. Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash bud
hyperemic, swollen, bleeding when touched. Put diagnosis
A. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
B. acute catarrhal papillitis;
C. atrophic papillitis;
D. hypertrophic papillitis;
E. no correct answer.
105. Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash bud
hyperemic, swollen, bleeding when touched. Diagnosed, acute catarrhal papillitis. Your
tactics:
A. UHF-therapy;
B. requires no treatment;
C. pereplombuvannya;
D. rinse;
E. no correct answer.
106. Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash papilla
swollen, cyanotic hue bleeds when touched. Put diagnosis
A. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
B. acute catarrhal papillitis;
C. Acute hypertrophic;
D. chronic hypertrophic;
E. no right answer;
107. Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash papilla
swollen, cyanotic hue bleeds when touched. Your tactics:
A. UHF-therapy;
B. requires no treatment;
C. pereplombuvannya;
D. rinse;
E. no right answer;
108. In papillitis goes lesions:
A. soft periodontal tissues;
B. soft tissue and periodontal bone alvolyarnoyi;
C. only alvolyarnoyi bone;
D. no lesions;
E. no correct answer.
109. To the dentist asked the patient complaining of bleeding gums and pain in the area
of tooth 46. OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 46 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash
bud hyperemic, swollen, bleeding when touched. Put diagnosis
A. acute catarrhal papillitis;
B. hypertrophic papillitis;
C. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
D. atrophic papillitis;
E. no correct answer.
110. Patient complains of '47 aching pain, especially when eating in section 36 of the
tooth. OBJECTIVE: on the medial surface 36 tooth hanging end seals, pin point
missing, smoothing the path gum papilla, papilla bluish tint, swollen, bleeding when
touched. Put diagnosis
A. acute catarrhal papillitis;
B. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
C. hypertrophic papillitis;
D. ulcerative papillitis;
E. no correct answer.
111. The boy in '15 complaints of weakness, pain when consuming food, bleeding gums,
t ˚ body 38 S. OBJECTIVE: pale baby on cheek mucosa, hard and soft palate, point
krovovylyvy.Yaki research methods should be undertaken for diagnosis:
A. blood;
B. prohba Kulazhenko;
C. smear microscopy;
D. tsytoskopichnyy;
E. sample Schiller-Pisarev.
112. Patient skarzhytsya on cosmetic defect in the tooth on the upper jaw. Recognizes
injury two years ago. OBJECTIVE: 11 tooth intact, changed in color, percussion
painless. In the mucosa in a stretch of 11 tooth marked bone bulging wall. What
additional examination is necessary to:
A. X-ray;
B. EDI;
C. rheography;
D. capillaroscopy;
E. thermometry.
113. Patient skarzhytsya on short, spontaneous, periodic pain in the tooth on the upper
left schylepi. OBJECTIVE: on the chewing surface of the tooth cavity 26 within
bilyapulparnoho dentynu.Zonduvannya bottom sore. Pain from thermal stimuli lasts
about 3 minutes. Diagnosed hyperemia of the pulp. What method is necessary to
confirm the diagnosis:
A. electroodontodiagnosis;
B. renthendiahnostyka;
C. TER-test;
D. transilyuminatsiya;
E. polarography.
114. Child '14 applied to rehabilitation of the mouth. Recognizes May 31 tooth two years
ago. OBJECTIVE: 31 tooth intact, perkustsiya painless, mucous membrane in the
region of 31 tooth is not changed. What additional method required for putting
diagnosis:
A. X-ray;
B. EDI;
C. reflective;
D. rheography;
E. polarography.
115. Patient skarzhytsya bleeding from the gums. Locally: interdental papillae
nabryakshi, red, cyanotic tinge. There is crowding of teeth in the front area. Which
method of research is required to determine the final diagnosis:
A. definition of periodontal indices;
B. determine the hygienic indices;
C. X-ray;
D. complete blood count;
E. All answers are correct.
116. Patient 25 years old, appealed with complaints of bleeding gums during
consumption of solid food. Prevalence of inflammation determined by?
A. Index PMA;
B. Index Green-Vermilona;
C. periodontal index;
D. Index Fedorova has been received;
E. formalin test.
117. The patient filed a complaint for bleeding gums when brushing teeth and taking hard
food. Seen from the marginal part of the gingival vestibular side on the upper and
lower jaw swollen, hipermiyovana, deposition of gum stone index Fedorova has been
received - 3.0. What method should be carried out:
A. sample Schiller-Pisarev;
B. determine the stability of the capillaries;
C. thorough history taking;
D. determining emigration of leukocytes;
E. X-ray examination.
118. Patient in '46 complained to bleeding gums when teeth cleanings for 6 months, bad
breath. On examination: Yassin papillae of the upper and lower jaw stagnant
hyperemic, edematous, roofing in probing. Teeth fixed, deposits on the teeth above the
gum stone. Periodontal pockets there. Which method of research is necessary to more
accurate diagnosis:
A. reoparodontohrafiya;
B. complete blood count;
C. blood sugar;
D. panoramic radiography;
E. Index hygiene by Fedorova has been received
119. To the dentist asked the patient complaining of bleeding gums and pain in the area
of tooth 46. OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 46 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash
bud hyperemic, swollen, bleeding when touched. Put diagnosis
A. acute catarrhal papillitis;
B. hypertrophic papillitis;
C. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
D. artofichnyy papillitis;
E. no correct answer.
120. Patient complains of '47 aching pain, especially when eating in section 36 of the
tooth. OBJECTIVE: on the medial surface 36 tooth hanging end seals, pin point
missing, smoothing kokontura gum papilla, papilla bluish tint, swollen, bleeding when
touched. Put diagnosis
A. acute catarrhal papillitis;
B. * Chronic catarrhal papillitis;
C. hypertrophic papillitis;
D. ulcerative papillitis;
E. the correct answer.
121. In histological preparation determined the formation of oral presentation of the
mucous membrane, which has a free part and attached firmly adherent to the
periosteum. Multilayered epithelium, flat, keratinizing. Own plate forming long nipples
are jutting out into the deep epithelium. Call it education:
A. cheeks;
B. hard palate;
C. clear;
D. lip;
E. tongue.
122. Parents of children 8 years appealed to the dentist for oral rehabilitation of the child.
The examination revealed high intensity caries process (kp + CPV = 7), the index has
been received Fedorov-3, 0 points. Which assessment meets the hygienic condition of
the mouth of the child:
A. satisfactory;
B. very bad;
C. unsatisfactory;
D. good;
E. bad.
123. Patient in '25 turned to the doctor complaining of severe bleeding gums, dry mouth,
mobility and change the position of teeth, hnoyetechu gums, bad breath. Patient
considers himself about 2 months. What research is necessary to conduct primarily for
diagnosis:
A. analysis in blood sugar;
B. revmoproby;
C. allergic test;
D. serological studies;
E. immunological research.
124. Child '14 complains bleeding gums when brushing your teeth for a year.
OBJECTIVE: gingival papillae swollen, cyanotic, slightly increased in size. What
additional research is necessary to clarify the diagnosis:
A. blood;
B. sample Yasinovka;
C. reoparodontohrafiya;
D. radiography;
E. sample Schiller-Pisarev.
125. The patient complains of '30 jam food between 46 and 47 teeth, appeared two weeks
ago. OBJECTIVE: 46.47 teeth intact, percussion painless teeth, the gum papilla
between 46-47 teeth somewhat defined small amount of fibrous food residue. What
type of research should be used for concealed cavities:
A. fluorescent diagnostics;
B. electroodontodiagnosis;
C. transilyuministsentnu diagnosis;
D. radiographic studies;
E. welcome color.
126. Patient '45 complains of pain in the region of 37 teeth. Objectively, 37 tooth covered
mytalevoyu crown, ash bud in section 37 and 36 teeth swollen and hyperemic
underneath swollen with cyanotic tinge bleeds when touched. Put diagnosis
A. acute catarrhal papillitis;
B. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
C. Acute hypertrophic papillitis;
D. chronic hypertrophic papillitis;
E. no correct answer.
127. Patient '45 complains of pain in the region of 37 teeth. Objectively, 37 tooth covered
mytalevoyu crown, ash bud in section 37 and 36 teeth swollen with cyanotic tinge
bleeds when touched. Diagnosed, chronic catarrhal papillitis. Your treatment strategy:
A. replacement crowns;
B. UHF-therapy;
C. requires no treatment;
D. rinse medicines;
E. electrophoresis-potassium iodine.
128. The patient complains of education in the area of tooth 46. Objectively ash papilla
between 46 i47 hyperplastic teeth, bleeding when touched, overlapping crowns on teeth
1/2. In 46 deep tooth cavity. Put diagnosis
A. hypertrophic papillitis and art.;
B. hypertrophic papillitis second century.;
C. hypertrophic papillitis III.;
D. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
E. chronic ulcerative papillitis.
129. The patient complains of education in the area of tooth 46. Objectively ash papilla
between 46 i47 hyperplastic teeth, bleeding when touched, overlapping crowns of teeth
on 2/3. In 46 deep tooth cavity. Put diagnosis
A. hypertrophic papillitis and art.;
B. hypertrophic papillitis second century.;
C. hypertrophic papillitis III.;
D. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
E. chronic ulcerative papillitis.
130. The patient complains of education in the area of tooth 46. OBJECTIVE: ash papilla
between 46 i47 hyperplastic teeth, bleeding when touched, overlapping crowns of teeth
on 1/3. In 46 deep tooth cavity. Put diagnosis
A. hypertrophic papillitis and art.;
B. hypertrophic papillitis second century.;
C. hypertrophic papillitis III.;
D. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
E. chronic ulcerative papillitis.
131. Patient 33 years skarzhytsya of pain in the region of 37 teeth. OBJECTIVE: in 37
deep tooth cavity, ash bud in section 37 vyrazkuvatyy covered with gray bloom,
bleeding when touched, abundant plaque left lymph nodes are enlarged, painful on
palpation. Put diagnosis
A. acute catarrhal papillitis;
B. ulcerative papillitis;
C. atrophic papillitis;
D. hypertrophic papillitis;
E. no correct answer.
132. Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash bud
hyperemic, swollen, bleeding when touched. Put diagnosis
A. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
B. acute catarrhal papillitis;
C. atrophic papillitis;
D. hypertrophic papillitis;
E. no correct answer.
133. Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash bud
hyperemic, swollen, bleeding when touched. Diagnosed, acute catarrhal papillitis. Your
tactics:
A. UHF-therapy;
B. requires no treatment;
C. pereplombuvannya;
D. rinse;
E. no correct answer.
134. Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash papilla
swollen, cyanotic hue bleeds when touched. Put diagnosis
A. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
B. acute catarrhal papillitis;
C. Acute hypertrophic;
D. chronic hypertrophic;
E. no right answer;
135. Patient 32 years complains of bleeding gums and pain in the area of tooth 35.
OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 35 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash papilla
swollen, cyanotic hue bleeds when touched. Your tactics:
A. UHF-therapy;
B. requires no treatment;
C. pereplombuvannya;
D. rinse;
E. no right answer;
136. To the dentist asked the patient complaining of bleeding gums and pain in diyantsi
46 tooth. OBJECTIVE: on the distal surface 46 of the tooth hanging edge seals, ash
bud hyperemic, swollen, bleeding when touched. Put diagnosis
A. acute catarrhal papillitis;
B. hypertrophic papillitis;
C. chronic catarrhal papillitis;
D. atrophic papillitis;
E. no correct answer.
137. Girl 17 years old complained of bleeding gums while brushing teeth and bad breath.
OBJECTIVE: clear hyperemic with tsyanotychnym shade, bleeding on probing.
Periodontal pockets of 5 mm above and pid'yasenevi SUPRADENTAL stratification,
mobility of teeth 1 degree. On radiographs: irregular horizontal resorption
mezhalveolyarnyh membranes for 1/3 the length of the root, minor signs of
osteoporosis. Install the diagnosis.
A. * Generalized periodontitis II degree, chronic
B. Generalized periodontitis III degree, chronic
C. Generalized periodontitis I level, chronic
D. Generalized periodontitis III degree tapered course
E. Generalized periodontitis II degree, tapered course
138. Boy in '16 complained of bleeding gums while brushing teeth and bad breath.
OBJECTIVE: clear in the area of papillae and marginal land with hyperemic
tsyanotychnym shade, bleeding on probing. Periodontal pockets to 3 mm, soft plaque,
teeth fixed. On radiographs: destruction of compact plate tops interdental membranes.
Install the diagnosis.
A. * Generalized periodontitis I level, chronic
B. Generalized periodontitis II degree, chronic
C. Generalized periodontitis III degree, chronic
D. Generalized periodontitis I degree tapered course
E. Generalized periodontitis II degree, tapered course
139. Boy '16 complains of pain, bleeding gums, bad breath. OBJECTIVE: clear bright
hyperemic, swollen, bleed easily. Periodontal pockets of 5 mm with purulent exudate
over and pid'yasenevi SUPRADENTAL stratification, mobility of teeth 2 degrees. On
radiographs: horizontal and vertical interdental resorption membranes to 1/2 the length
of the root to form bone pockets, diffuse osteoporosis in intact tissue. Install the
diagnosis.
A. * Generalized periodontitis II degree, tapered course
B. Generalized periodontitis III degree tapered course
C. Generalized periodontitis I degree tapered course
D. Generalized periodontitis III degree, chronic
E. Generalized periodontitis II degree, chronic
140. Girl 17 years old complains of pain, bleeding gums, bad breath. OBJECTIVE: clear
bright hyperemic, swollen, bleeding when touched. Periodontal pockets than 5 mm,
filled with granulations and significant purulent content. Mobility of teeth 2 degrees.
Radiological findings: horizontal and vertical alveolar bone resorption within 2/3
height of interdental partitions, diffuse zone osteoporosis bone. Install the diagnosis.
A. * Generalized periodontitis III degree tapered course
B. Generalized periodontitis II degree, tapered course
C. Generalized periodontitis I degree tapered course
D. Generalized periodontitis III degree, chronic
E. Generalized periodontitis II degree, chronic
141. Boy in '16 complained of bleeding gums while brushing teeth, bad breath.
OBJECTIVE: clear hyperemic with tsyanotychnym touch, swollen, bleeding on
probing. Periodontal pockets than 5 mm with serous exudate over and pid'yasenevi
SUPRADENTAL stratification, mobility of teeth 2 degrees. Radiological findings:
horizontal and vertical alveolar bone resorption within 2/3 height of interdental
membranes. Install the diagnosis.
A. * Generalized periodontitis III degree, chronic
B. Generalized periodontitis II degree, chronic
C. Generalized periodontitis I level, chronic
D. Generalized periodontitis III degree tapered course
E. Generalized periodontitis II degree, tapered course
142. Boy '11 complains of pain in the gums, bleeding them. OBJECTIVE: clear in the
area of all teeth bright hyperemic, swollen, bleeding on probing. Periodontal pocket
depth of 3 mm, soft plaque, teeth fixed. The X-ray: diffuse osteoporosis in the upper
third interdental membranes. Install the diagnosis.
A. * Generalized periodontitis I degree tapered course
B. Generalized periodontitis II degree, tapered course
C. Generalized periodontitis III degree tapered course
D. Generalized periodontitis I level, chronic
E. Generalized periodontitis II degree, chronic
143. Patient in '38 to see a doctor. After history taking and examination revealed acute
generalized periodontitis second degree. After elimination of local factors and after
anti-inflammatory treatment should move to eliminate periodontal pockets. What
method should be used?
A. * Curettage
B. Hinhivektomiya
C. Hinhivotomiya
D. Scrappy operation
E. Tummy peredsinka
144. The patient in '40 diagnosed with generalized periodontitis 2 degrees, sharp course,
tooth-ash pockets 5-6 mm with purulent exudate. What are the primary manipulation
must hold a doctor?
A. * Use applique anti-inflammatory and antimicrobial agents
B. Closed curettage
C. Use fibrolizuyuchi means
D. Hold cryodestruction tools gum pockets
E. Open curettage
145. Patient S., '50, addressed the periodontist complaining of swelling of the gums and
spontaneous pain in the region of 46 and 47 teeth for 3 days. OBJECTIVE: soft and
hard dental plaque. 46 and 47 tooth unsealed contact point is missing, gums swollen,
hyperemic, in the area of alveolar bone squeezing palpation acutely painful toothgingival pocket (5-6 mm in the presence of purulent exudate. Which manipulations
should be undertaken in the first place?
A. * Removal of dental plaque and periodontal abscess disclosure
B. Removal of dental plaque and deposition applications
C. Open curettage of periodontal pockets
D. Closed curettage of periodontal pockets
E. Hinhivektomiya
146. Patient K., 50 years old, who has been diagnosed with diabetes, showed generalized
periodontitis III severity in the acute stage. Which of these groups of drugs should be
used for local therapy in the treatment of generalized periodontitis?
A. Nitrofuran
B. Sulfonamide
C. * Antifungal
D. D. Anymseptyky
E. That's right
147. Patient A., 50 years, is hospitalized in parodolntolohichnomu department regarding
CHD. Sick for the last 10years. An objective examination of RP marked edema and
hyperemia of the gums, a large number of - and pid'yasennyh dental plaque, mobility of
individual teeth second century. Parodontalnyhkyshen depth of 5-6 mm, bleeding
gums, 2 tbsp. Test Kulazhenko in the frontal section 10c. What preparation is useful to
introduce the complex pathology of periodontal tissue with immune method and for
potentiation of antibacterial effect?
A. Pentoxyl
B. Prodihiozon
C. * Immuno-tone
D. Amizon
E. Dekaris
148. Patient M., 20 years old, complained of bleeding gums when eating and brushing
teeth. Ob-no: interdental papillae on the lower jaw swollen, congested, bleeding when
touched. On radiographs: integrity compact interdental plate membranes are not
compromised. What is the prognosis of the disease at the end of the treatment
correctly?
A. * Recovery
B. Stabilization
C. Progression
D. Remission
E. Aggravation
149. Patient, 20 years old, a few months complained of bleeding gums during brushing.
OBJECTIVE: clear cyanotic, swollen, bite artohnatychnyy. GI-by Fedorov has been
received is 2, Radiological pathological changes in periodontal tissues were found.
From what measures do you think should start treating gingivitis?
A. Sclerosing therapy
B. * Occupational Hygiene
C. Anti-inflammatory therapy
D. Physiotherapy
E. Clinical supervision
150. Patient complains of bleeding gums over the past 2 years. OBJECTIVE: diffuse
chronic catarrhal gingivitis, tooth mobility and art., Pockets of 2-3 mm with a slight
serous exudate expressed traumatic occlusion. On radiographs of the integrity of a
compact plate expansion periodontitis cracks around peaks mezhalveolyarnyh
partitions, osteoporosis, resorption within 1/3 height mezhalveolyarnyh partitions.
Your diagnosis?
A. * Generalized periodontitis, and the extent chronic
B. Chronic catarrhal gingivitis
C. Periodontal disease and degree
D. Generalized periodontitis, and the degree tapered course
E. Generalized periodontitis, the initial stage, chronic
151. Patient K., 48 years appealed to skrhamy of discomfort in the gums, their unusual
appearance, mobility of individual teeth, bleeding gums when eating. Ob'ktyvno gums
swollen, hyperemic, in probing bleed through the 30s. The depth of periodontal pockets
5-6 mm. gum recession at 1/3 the length of the root. Some teeth are moving-2 c.
Panoramic x-rays observed diffuse resorption mezhalveolyarnyh partitions to 1/2 the
length of their height, the vertical type, osteoporosis spongy substance. From history
we know that the patient was suffering from rheumatism and chronic nefrolitioz. What
preparation is recommended to use
A. Osteohenon
B. Kaltsemin
C. Fosamoks
D. * Kaltsemin Advans
E. Chitin
152. Patient A., 35, complained of an unusual shape, form gums. OBJECTIVE: gingival
papillae pale pink, tightly to the teeth, although slightly increased in size, do not bleed.
Install the diagnosis.
A. * Hypertrophic gingivitis and art. (Fibrous form)
B. Hypertrophic gingivitis and art. (Granulating form)
C. Desmodontoz gum
D. Atrophic gingivitis
E. Periodontal Disease
153. Patient A.. 50 years old, diagnosed with generalized periodontitis and extent chronic
course. Specify one of the earliest diagnostic tests that detected radiographically.
A. * Destruction of cortical plate
B. Osteosclerosis cortical plvstynky
C. Osteoporosis cortical plate
D. Sequestration of bone
E. Resorption mezhalveolyarnyh partitions
154. Patient L., 35r. complained to bleeding gums, bad breath, tooth mobility.
OBJECTIVE: clear congested with cyanotic tinge, periodontal pocket-5mm, abnormal
tooth mobility IIst. In the teeth of the observed and pid'yasennyy dental plaque,
hygienic index-3 points. The diagnosis: chronic generalized periodontitis IIst. How
many times a year to carry out a comprehensive treatment of this patient?
A. 3 times
B. 1 time
C. * 2 times
D. 5 times
E. In case of complications
155. Patient S., '23, complaints sharp bleeding gums, bad breath that appeared 5 days ago.
OBJECTIVE: interdental papilla and gingival edge everywhere loosened, bright red,
swollen, painful and heavily bleeding on palpation. Gingival pocket 3 mm on the
radiograph - expressive osteoporosis mezhalveolyarnyh membranes on? their height,
periodontal expansion gap around the tops mezhalveolyarnyh membranes. The
compact disc is not broken. Your diagnosis?
A. Acute catarrhal gingivitis
B. Acute leukemia
C. Acute necrotizing ulcerative gingivitisD. Generalized periodontitis, II degree, tapered course
E. Hypovitaminosis C (skorbutna dentistry)
156. Patient A., 30, with the diagnosis of periodontal diseases, the initial stage, a chronic
course, we need a filling two adjacent cavities in 46 and 47 teeth. How to restore
contact point between 46 and 47?
A. * Spot
B. Planar to transverzali
C. By planar and vertical transverzali
D. Planar vertical
E. No need to restore
157. Patient K., '25, complaints of bleeding gums, bad breath in the morning for 1 year.
OBJECTIVE: Persistent teeth, periodontal pockets missing interdental papilla and
gingival edge - with a bluish tinge. The X-ray - integrity compact plate impaired
periodontal gap expanded around verhnivok mezhalveolyarnyh membranes,
osteoporosis and resorption - minor. Your diagnosis?
A. Periodontal syndrome
B. Chronic catarrhal gingivitis
C. Chronic necrotizing ulcerative gingivitis, Vincent, mild
D. Hypovitaminosis C
E. * Generalized periodontitis, the initial stage, chronic
158. On examination, 20-year old patient revealed thickened slightly cyanotic, compacted
gum edge, overlapping crowns of all teeth for 1/2 their height. Hygienic code has been
received by Fedorov-3.0. On radiographs of pathological changes in periodontal tissues
were found. From history: over 5 years, the patient is treated in mental hospital about
epilepsy Determine preliminary diagnosis.
A. * Chronic hypertrophic gingivitis
B. Aggravation catarrhal gingivitis
C. Chronic catarrhal gingivitis
D. Acute catarrhal gingivitis
E. Aggravation of hypertrophic gingivitis
159. The patient, aged 45 years, diagnosed with generalized periodontitis second degree
chronicity. According to the results of microscopic investigation of the periodontal
pockets of the significant amount of yeast fungi of the genus Candida. Which of the
following medications is most expedient to use for instillation?
A. Diclofenac sodium
B. Trihopol
C. Dioxidin
D. * Clotrimazole
E. That's right
160. The patient, aged 49 years, complained of increased tooth sensitivity to temperature
and chemical stimuli. OBJECTIVE: clear dense, anemic, the roots of teeth exposed for
3-4 mm, is klynopobidni defects within the dentin. The X-ray revealed a uniform
decrease in height mezhalveolyarnyh partitions within 1/2 their height and
osteosclerosis alveolar bone tissue. Define the diagnosis.
A. * Periodontal Second Degree
B. Periodontal disease and the degree of
C. Atrophic gingivitis
D. Generalized periodontitis second degree chronicity
E. Generalized periodontitis and degree of chronicity
161. After suffering ARI patient appealed to the dentist complaining of pain in the gums,
bad breath, inability to eat, general weakness. OBJECTIVE: clear congested, swollen,
covered with fibrinous coating, which occurs when removing the bleeding.
Microbiological research gum tissue revealed a large number of cocci, bacilli, and
spirochetes fuzobakteriy. Specify drug treatment etiotropic
A. Karotolina
B. Haloskorbin
C. Potassium permanganate
D. Trypsin
E. * Metronidazole
162. The patient in the treatment of catarrhal gingivitis over three weeks spent oral bath
with antiseptic solution. This notice discoloration crowns. What antiseptic is able to
cause this?
A. Peroxide
B. Yodinola
C. Potassium permanganate
D. Furatsillina
E. * Chlorhexidine
163. K dentist obratylsya b-noy K., 23 years old, accounting for sostoyaschyy As HIVynfytsyrovannыy, p mourning into krovotochivost gums. Áûë put the diagnosis CHRONIC kataralnыy gingivitis. When snyatyy zubnыh postponed doctor travmyroval
finger. What are profylaktycheskye action neobhodimo Run doctor after snyatyya
gloves?
A. Vыdavyt Blood of wounds, wound obrabotat 5 \% nastoykoy Yoda, vыmыt hands
with mыlom, obrabotat s 70 \% p-rum alcohol
B. The wound obrabotat 5 nastoykoy Yoda, vыmыt hands with mыlom, nalozhyt
plasters
C. Vыdavyt Blood of wound, wound and hands obrabotat 70 \% p-rum alcohol,
nalozhyt plasters
D. Vыdavyt Blood of wounds, wound obrabotat 5 \% nastoykoy iodine, hands obrabotat
0.2 \% p-rum hlorantoyna, nalozhyt
E. Vыdavyt Blood of thumb, wound obrabotat 1 \% p-rum hloramyna, hands obrabotat
0.2 \% p-rum hlorantoyna, nalozhy
164. Bolnaya 45 years stradaet CHRONIC generalized periodontitis Class II severity. In
the conduct of microbiological survey of the contents parodontalnыh Karmanov been
been identified Much insemination trichomonads. Some kind of drugs most
perechyslennыh tselesoobrazno Apply for instillyatsy in parodontalnыe pockets in
dannoy Chao?
A. Metrogil-dent.
B. Chlorhexidine biglyukonata.
C. Hlorofyllypt.
D. Clotrimazole.
E. Rotokan.
165. In K. Chao, 28 years on Complaints putrid smell yzo PTA and soreness during a
food. According DATA objectively Survey Chao áûë put the diagnosis: yazvennыy
gingivitis. Physician Treatment began co snyatyya necrotic raid swab with
furatsyllynom. Specify What are Pharmaceuticals sredstva contribute to the necrotic
lyzyrovanyyu raid.
A. Trypsin, chymotrypsin
B. Soluble hloramyna
C. Soluble hydrogen peroxide
D. Soluble chlorhexidine
E. Soluble antibiotic
166. Chao 29 years zhaluetsya on krovotochivost gums during a teeth cleaning, odor
nepryyatnыy yzo PTA. Objectively: gum hyperemyrovanы, p tsyanotychnыm
ottenkom, krovotochat at dotrahyvanyy, parodontalnыe pockets hlubynoy 3-3.5 mm
with serous exudate. Ymeyutsya over s poddesnevыe zubnыe otlozhenyya. Panoramic
x-rays - otrostka alveolar osteoporosis, resorption mezhalveolyarnыh partitions to 1 /
Put diagnosis.
A. Generalized periodontitis Class 1, hronycheskoe Flow
B. Generalized periodontitis Primary Class, hronycheskoe Flow
C. Generalized periodontitis 11 degrees hronycheskoe Flow
D. Generalized periodontitis 11 degrees obostryvsheesya Flow
E. Generalized periodontitis Class 1, obostryvsheesya Flow
167. Woman 40 years zhaluetsya on neznachytelnuyu soreness gums, teeth
povыshennuyu chuvstvytelnost k temperaturnыm stimuli. Objectively: gum blednaya,
plotnaya in the section of the Lower frontalnыh teeth observed retraction desnы s
oholenyem sheek teeth. On radiographs - resorption mezhalveolyarnыh partitions on
1/3 dlynы roots. Put diagnosis.
A. Periodontal 1 Class
B. Periodontal 11 Class
C. Periodontal Primary Class
D. Kataralnыy gingivitis
E. Lokalyzovannыy periodontitis
168. Boys 18 years obratylsya rolled dentist with mourning for soreness and
krovotochivost gums, kotorыe appeared two days ago after acute respiratory disease. In
Flow ïîñëåäíèé two years peryodychesky bespokoyt krovotochivost gums when teeth
cleanings. Objectively: interdental papillae and marhynalnыy edge desnы sharply
otechnы, bright-red color, and boleznennы krovotochat by palpation. Parodontalnыe
pockets not opredelyayutsya. Hygienic post index by Fedorov-Volodkynoy - 3.3 Balla.
In panoramnoy radiograph - kostnaya fabric alveolyarnыh otrostkov without
pathological changes. Kakov most veroyatnыy diagnosis?
A. Exacerbations of chronic catarrhal gingivitis
B. Hypertrophic gingivitis, edematous form
C. Generalized periodontitis initial degrees obostryvsheesya Flow
D. Deskvamatyvnыy gingivitis, эrytematoznaya form
E. Lokalyzovannыy periodontitis obostryvsheesya Flow
169. Girl 17 years obratylas with mourning into krovotochivost growths and gums.
Objectively: desnы in the field frontalnыh Lower jaw teeth rыhlыe,
hyperemyrovannыe, perekrыvayut crowns on teeth 1/3 heights, krovotochat at
dotrahyvanyy. Opredelyayutsya parodontalnыe pockets to 3.5 mm. Zubnaya arc Lower
jaw suzhena, skuchennost teeth vo frontal location. Hygienic post index by FedorovVolodkynoy - 3.5 Balla. Kakov most veroyatnыy diagnosis?
A. Lokalyzovannыy periodontitis and degrees hronycheskoe Flow
B. Generalized periodontitis initial degrees hronycheskoe Flow
C. Hypertrophic gingivitis, edematous form and Class
D. Deskvamatyvnыy gingivitis, эrytematoznaya form
E. Exacerbations of chronic catarrhal gingivitis
170. A young man 20 years obratylsya rolled dentist with mourning into krovotochivost
gums and soreness in the gums pryeme food. Objectively: gum in the field frontalnыh
Lower jaw teeth valykoobrazno thickenings, edematous, hyperemic, zubы skuchenы.
In region 42, 41, 31, 32 opredelyayutsya parodontalnыe pockets hlubynoy to 4 mm
with sero-hnoynыm exudate. Bite on a straight radiograph: resorption
mezhalveolyarnыh partitions in region 42, 41, 31, 32 to 1/3 dlynы roots. Kakov most
veroyatnыy diagnosis?
A. Lokalyzovannыy periodontitis and degrees obostryvsheesya Flow
B. Generalized periodontitis Class II, obostryvsheesya Flow
C. Generalized periodontitis and degrees hronycheskoe Flow
D. Lokalyzovannыy periodontitis Class II, hronycheskoe Flow
E. Exacerbations of chronic catarrhal gingivitis II Class
171. 171. Males 32 years old's laid diagnosis: yazvennыy gingivitis Class II severity.
After antiseptics processing cavity under the PTA held a physician anestezyey Remove
zubnыh postponed and necrotic raid. Plans to finish Visits Nalozhenye gingival
povyazky. Kako drug etiotrop a necessary action to put into composition gingival
povyazky?
A. Metronidazole
B. Kontrikal
C. Methyluracil
D. Pymafutsyn
E. Terrylytyn
172. The patient, in '41, diagnosed with generalized periodontitis 2 degrees of severity,
sharp course with abscess formation. Which methods of general treatment should be
appointed in the first place?
A. Stimulant therapy
B. Hyposensitization therapy
C. Physiotherapy
D. * Antibiotic
E. Vitamin
173. The patient, 46 years old, diagnosed with generalized periodontitis 2 degrees of
severity, sharp course. Recently, the patient noted deterioration, skin itch, dryness in
the mouth. Which methods of additional tests should be used before embarking on
treatment?
A. Total blood
B. Urinalysis
C. Determination of vitamin C in the blood
D. * Determination of blood sugar
E. Immunological studies of blood
174. The patient appealed to the dentist with complaints of persistent spontaneous pain,
swelling of the gums in 26 and 27 teeth for 2 days. An examination of the lips of the
upper and lower jaws of a large number of soft and hard plaque. At 26 and 27 teeth
adjacent large fillings, contact checkbox, clear congested, swollen, on alveolar part of
the protrusion, palpation painful, tooth-gingival pocket 6 mm with purulent exudate.
What is the primary tactic local drug treatment?
A. Closed curettage tools gingival pockets
B. * Removal of dental plaque, periodontal abscess disclosure
C. Removal of dental plaque, application of medicines to clear
D. Open curettage of periodontal pockets
E. Rinse antiseptic Appointment
175. Patients aged 22 years treats acute periodontitis. What is the treatment of
periodontitis has primarily to be?
A. Symptomatic
B. Pathogenic
C. * Etiotropic
D. Orthopaedic
E. Drug
176. Patients aged 33 years treats acute periodontitis. The doctor plans to Application
anesthesia. What preparation of the following are the most appropriate to use?
A. 3-5% solution of sodium salicylate
B. B. * 5-20% oily solutions anestezina
C. 1% solution of potassium permanganate
D. 0.2% hlorheksedynu bigluconate
E. 1% trihopolom
177. PATIENTS '35 treats acute periodontitis. The doctor plans to Application anesthesia
solution of propolis and dikaina. What preparation of listed below should be added to
potentiation of anesthesia?
A. * Dimeksida
B. Hlorheksedyn
C. 0.1% epinephrine
D. Diphenhydramine
E. Trihopol
178. PATIENTS '42 treats acute periodontitis. The doctor plans to Application anesthesia
butadionovoyu 5% ointment, which group related drugs phenylbutazone?
A. Steroidal anti-inflammatory
B. Narcotic analgesics
C. * Non-narcotic analgesics
D. Local anesthetic, esters
E. Local anesthetic, amides
179. On admission clinical periodontal patient doctor plans to Application anesthesia 5%
solution of sodium salicylate which group drugs include sodium salicylate?
A. Narcotic analgesics
B. Steroidal anti-inflammatory
C. Local anesthetic, esters
D. * Non-narcotic analgesics
E. Local anesthetic, amides
180. On admission clinical periodontal patient doctor plans to anesthesia. From history
we know that the patient is allergic to volatile anesthetics that drug from listed below
should be used in this clinical situation?
A. Procaine.
B. Novocaine.
C. Dikain.
D. Anestezin.
E. * Mepivakayin.
181. On admission clinical periodontal patient doctor plans to spend 10% pain relief
ointment oil solution anestezina which group drugs include benzocaine?
A. Narcotic analgesics
B. * Local anesthetic esters
C. Steroidal anti-inflammatory
D. Local anesthetic, amides
E. Non-narcotic analgesics
182. Patients aged 42 years treats acute periodontitis. The doctor plans to anesthesia
solution Articaine which group of drugs is Articaine?
A. Non-narcotic analgesics
B. Narcotic analgesics
C. Steroidal anti-inflammatory
D. Local anesthetic, esters
E. * Local anesthetic, amides
183. Husband 30 years, conducting the final phase of treatment of acute ulcerative
necrotic gingivitis moderately. Drugs which group should be used in the final stage of
treatment?
A. * Keratoplasty
B. Keratolityky
C. Antioxidants
D. Proteolytic enzymes
E. Antibiotics
184. The patient was 43 years old diagnosed with chronic generalized periodontitis
second degree. During microscopic examination content periodontal pockets revealed a
significant coccal microflora Trichomonas. Which of the following measures should be
applied medication for instillation?
A. * Metronidazole
B. Lincomycin
C. Dioxin
D. Nimesulide
E. Dikain
185. During microscopic examination content periodontal pockets patient showed
symbiosis fuzobakteriy and trichomonads which drug the following to apply for this
patient?
A. Lincomycin
B. Ribonuclease
C. * Metronidazole
D. Nimesulide
E. Chloramphenicol
186. Patient 41r. Complains of bleeding gums, mobility of teeth, bad breath. On
radiographs: alveolar bone resorption more than 1/3 the length of the root. Diagnosis:
generalized periodontitis degree, chronic course. How should begin treatment?
A. Definition oklyuziohrammy
B. * Removal of dental plaque
C. Splinting
D. Sample pryshlifovuvannya
E. Applications antimicrobial
187. Patient 39r., Diagnosed generalized periodontitis II severity, sharp course doctor
plans to appoint osteotropic antybiotok, the below mentioned antibiotics is osteotropic?
A. Gentamicin.
B. * Lincomycin
C. Chloramphenicol
D. Cefazolin
E. Nystatin
188. In patients aged S0 years diagnosed with acute ulcerative gingivitis moderately.
Which drugs should be applied to remove necrotic plaque:
A. Solution furatsilinom
B. * Iruksol
C. A solution of hydrogen peroxide
D. A solution of potassium permanganate
E. Chlorhexidine solution?
189. A patient aged S0 years diagnosed with acute ulcerative gingivitis moderately.
Drugs which group to apply the final stage of the treatment of this disease:
A. Keratolytic
B. Antibiotics
C. Antioxidants
D. * Keratoplastychni
E. Proteolytic enzymes?
190. A woman aged 32 years complained of bleeding gums during the last 3 years. In the
history of frequent Catarrhal diseases, surgery about a year ago mastitis. OBJECTIVE:
clear frontal area jaws swollen, congested hyper-emiyovani, bleeding during tapping
tool. Cervical teeth exposed to 1-1.5 mm. Periodontal pocket depth of 1-2 mm with
minor secretions. Teeth fixed, Radiographs slight osteoporosis and resorption tops
mizhkomirkovyh partitions within 1/3 of their height. That may be contraindications
for appointment stimulation therapy patient data:
A. Young age
B. Sluggish flow process in periodontal
C. * Operation on mastitis in history
D. Early stage of development of dystrophic-inflammatory process in periodontal
E. Frequent Cold disease in history
191. Dentist proyzvel vskrыtye periodontal abscess in region 11 and 21 patsyentke 48
years from diagnosis: generalized periodontitis Class II, abstsedyruyuschee Flow. In
history: hyperatsydnыy gastritis, hypotension. Something of fyzyoterapevtycheskyh
procedure can prescribe ýòîé Chao for acceleration resorption of inflammatory
infiltrates?
A. EUV-therapy.
B. Mykrovolnovuyu (UHF) therapy.
C. UHF therapy.
D. Dyatermyyu.
E. Electrophoresis with trypsin.
192. Patients 54 years proyzvedeno vskrыtye parodontalnыh abstsessov field in 34.35,
promыvanye cavity abstsessov antiseptic. In history: generalized periodontitis Class II,
stradaet Flow in 10 years, peryodychesky Disease obostryaetsya s education
abstsessov. Because of concomitant diseases: CHRONIC gepatoholetsistite,
dyskoydnaya Red erythematosus. Something of fyzyoterapevtycheskyh procedure can
prescribe Told patient for relief voznyksheho exacerbations?
A. UHF therapy.
B. Dyatermyyu.
C. Ynfrakrasnoe radiation (lamp "Solux").
D. UV irradiation (quartz tube).
E. Electrophoresis with heparin.
193. In the Clinic Preventive Dentistry appealed patient K., 46 years old, complaining of
pain in the gums, increased bleeding, bad breath, the mobility of individual teeth.
Within 5 years suffering from chronic pyelonephritis. After the survey was diagnosed
exacerbation of chronic generalized periodontitis II severity. What is the natural
method of physical therapy should be the first day of treatment?
A. Hydrotherapy
B. UVR
C. Pelotherapy
D. Massage gums
E. Paraffin
194. On examination of the oral cavity of the patient M., age 15, a dentist discovered
cyanosis and edema of the gums of both jaws, gum overgrowth of papillae to 1/2 the
height of crowns, ash pockets, a small number of dental nasharuvan.V history menstrual irregularities. What is physiotherapy treatment should be in this case?
A. Spark method Darsonvalization
B. UHF-therapy
C. Helium-neon laser
D. Phonophoresis hydrocortisone
E. Hydromassage
195. B. The patient is diagnosed with exacerbation of chronic generalized periodontitis
second century. severity recommended to conduct additional physiotherapy. What type
of physiotherapy should you choose?
A. Microwave therapy
B. Electrophoresis of trypsin solution
C. Darsonvalization
D. Electrophoresis of vitamin C
E. Vacuum therapy
196. K. Patient was complaining of bleeding gums when brushing teeth. An objective
examination diagnosed with chronic generalized periodontitis and art. severity. What is
the treatment plan?
A. Comprehensive treatment including therapeutic interventions, closed curettage,
physiotherapy
B. Several sessions with aloe ultrofonoforezom
C. Electrophoresis with a solution halaskorbinu (10 sessions)
D. Electrophoresis with a solution of heparin (5seansiv)
E. Removal of dental plaque and application of anti-inflammatory drugs.
197. What are the physical methods of treatment are shown in the postoperative period in
patients with periodontitis?
A. Vacuum therapy
B. The anode-galvanization
C. Electrophoresis
D. UHF-therapy.
E. No right answer
198. Contraindications to massage inflammation of periodontal
A. The presence of stagnation in periodontal
B. Purulent discharge from the periodontal pockets =
C. Mobility of teeth
D. Phase abscess.
199. Indications for balneotherapy in generalized periodontitis:
A. Only in remission
B. At all stages of treatment, in addition to postoperative
C. At all stages of treatment =
D. The period of exacerbation.
200. Contraindications to the use of electrophoresis in the periodontitis patients:
A. Hypertrophic processes in the gums
B. The presence of teeth hyperesthesia
C. Violation of the integrity of the epithelium of the mucous membrane of the gums
D. Bleeding gums.
201. Fluctuarization and d'Arsonvalizatsiya used in periodontitis:
A. In order to anesthesia
B. To reduce bleeding and swelling of periodontal tissue
C. To accelerate microcirculation and enhance metabolism, improve
D. reparative processes in the periodontium =
E. In acute
202. Patient complains of '46 bleeding gums, hnoyetechu, tooth mobility. Sick for 10
years. On examination: clear the upper and lower jaws are congested, swollen, with
dotorkuvanni bleed. In the 42, 41, 32, 31 teeth periodontal pockets up to 7 mm with
purulent discharge, the mobility of II degree, the remaining teeth and degree. The Xray - resorption mezhalveolyarnyh partitions in 42, 41, 31, 32 2/3 the length of the root,
the phenomenon of osteoporosis. Which of the following methods most indicated for
surgical treatment of this disease?
A. Kriokyuretazh
B. * Patchwork operation
C. Curettage
D. Hinhivotomiya
E. Hinhivektomiya
203. Patient G. that dispensary diagnosed with generalized periodontitis, and the extent to
chronic under examination [X-ray] at 6 months showed bone lonely pocket between 24
and 25 teeth, reaching 1/2 interalveolar height. The 24 tooth with amalgam filling goes
deeply into the interdental space. Your tactics regarding bone pockets after correction
fillings?
A. Hold course lincomycin in transition folds 24 and 25 teeth № 7-10
B. * Will hold open curettage
C. Hold hinhivektomiyu
D. Hold hinhivotomiyu
E. Hold a series of periodontal dressings metroqyl-denta
204. Patient M., 32 years old need to curettage gingival and periodontal pockets. The
criterion of efficiency curettage gingival and periodontal pockets in the implementation
are:
A. Lack pid'yasennoho tartar
B. * Lack of severe bleeding, lack pid'yasennoho tartar, granulation and epithelial
vrosshoho
C. Complete absence of bleeding
D. Clear tightly to the teeth
E. Lack of granulation and epithelial vrosshoho
205. Patient Y. The diagnosis "generalized periodontitis degree, chronic." What will be
the first session of the local treatment?
A. * Temporary splinting
B. Treatment of symptomatic gingivitis
C. Anti-inflammatory therapy
D. Curettage periodontal pockets
E. Antiseptic treatment and removal of dental plaque
206. Woman '45 complains of bad breath, bleeding gums and pain that intensified when
eating. OBJECTIVE: catarrhal gingivitis degree, periodontal pockets reach neck 4 mm,
containing a moderate amount of serous - pus. It is noted delaying tartar and plaque in
nad'yasneviy and pid'yasneviy parts of the tooth. Mobility of teeth Class. Radiological
findings: cortical plate impaired resorption of alveolar bone reaches half the height
mezhalveolyarnyh membranes. Diagnosed chronic generalized periodontitis second
degree. Where to begin treatment?
A. Appointment of mud applications
B. * Removal of dental plaque.
C. Purpose of the means of anti-inflammatory
D. Conducting temporary splinting
E. The planned operation
207. In the Clinic Preventive Dentistry appealed patient aged 40 years., Who diagnosed
acute generalized periodontitis III. severity. What type of curettage can be used in this
nosology
A. Outdoor and vacuum - curettage
B. * Vacuum - curettage, cryo - curettage
C. Open curettage
D. Closed curettage
E. Open and closed curettage
208. The patient complains of '55 bad breath, bleeding gums and pain that intensified
when eating. OBJECTIVE: catarrhal gingivitis degree, periodontal pocket depth of 4
mm, containing a moderate amount of serous - pus. It is noted delaying tartar and
plaque in nad'yasneviy and pid'yasneviy parts of the tooth. Mobility of teeth Class.
Radiological findings: cortical plate impaired resorption of alveolar bone reaches half
the height mezhalveolyarnyh membranes. Diagnosed chronic generalized periodontitis
second degree. Where to begin treatment?
A. Appointment of mud applications
B. * Removal of dental plaque.
C. Purpose of the means of anti-inflammatory
D. Conducting temporary splinting
E. The planned operation
209. Patient A., 35 years old with a diagnosis of chronic generalized periodontitis II
severity, need to surgery. The criterion for selection of surgical intervention in
treatment parodotytu are:
A. The depth of periodontal pockets
B.
C.
D.
E.
Complaints patient
Duration of disease
Age of the patient
* The depth of periodontal pockets, the general condition of the patient, the patient's
age
210. Girl 18 years with prophylactic examination was diagnosed with hypertrophic
gingivitis, edematous form of moderate severity. What method of brushing you suggest
patients after treatment?
A. Method Leonard
B. * Method charter
C. Standard Method
D. Method Stylmana
E. Method Rd
211. Patient B., 27 years old, suffering from diabetes, a course of treatment for
generalized periodontitis of moderate severity. How often should a patient visit a
dentist to prevent the progression of periodontal disease?
A. * 3-4 times a year
B. 2 times a year
C. 1 every year
D. Every 2 months
E. As needed
212. Dentist conducted a comprehensive treatment of the patient with generalized
hypertrophic gingivitis. Put the patient on clinical supervision. How long does your
doctor should prescribe the patient for re-treatment?
A. * After 6 months
B. 4 months
C. After 3 months
D. After 1 month
E. After 1 year
213. Dentist conducted a combined treatment of periodontitis P severity. Put the patient
on clinical supervision. How long does your doctor should prescribe the patient for retreatment rate?
A. * After 6 months
B. After 1 misyatsi
C. After 3 months
D. After 1 year
E. After 1.5 years
214. Dentist conducted a comprehensive treatment of patients with generalized
periodontitis W severity. Put the patient on clinical supervision. How long does your
doctor should prescribe the patient for re-treatment rate?
A. * 3 months
B. After 1 month
C. After 6 months
D. After 1 year
E. After 1.5 years
215. Boy in '13 diagnosed with chronic catarrhal gingivitis held professional oral
hygiene. After that time the teeth will be found dental plaque?
A. 12:00
B. * 24 hours
C. 36 hours
D. 6:00
E. 48 hours.
216. The girl is 12 years with a diagnosis of chronic hypertrophic gingivitis held
professional oral hygiene. During manipulation which, in your opinion, is removed
dental plaque?
A. * Professional removal of dental plaque
B. Brushing
C. Rinse elixir
D. Eating solid food
E. Clean interdental spaces flosses.
217. Patient K., 24 years old, complained of bleeding gums when cleaning teeth, taking
hard food. OBJECTIVE: clear both jaws swollen, tsyanotychni, bleeding dotorkuvanni,
no periodontal pockets, layering nadyasennoho tartar. What type of prevention shows
patient?
A. Local prevention
B. * Secondary Prevention
C. Primary Prevention
D. Tertiary prevention
E. Social prevention
218. When teaching the patient oral hygiene should be stressed that delaying plaque
restored: how many hours of careful brushing it starts to grow and harmful impact on
teeth and gums?
A. 1 hour
B. * 3 hours
C. 6 hours
D. 12 hours
E. after 24 hours
219. Complaints of discomfort in the gums, increased tooth sensitivity to thermal stimuli.
OBJECTIVE: naked neck teeth, wedge-shaped defects, mucous gums pale pink, tight
to the teeth. Diagnosis.
A. Chronic catarrhal gingivitis
B. Periodontitis, mild
C. * Mild form of periodontal disease
D. Gingival fibromatosis
E. Chronic hypertrophic gingivitis
220. When probing the gingival groove observed bleeding in the form of small spots, not
flowing beyond the gingival groove, hanging drop. In Myulemanu bleeding replies
A. 0 balls
B. 1 point
C. * 2 balls
D. 3 balls
E. 4 balls
221. The examination determined that the rate of complex periodontal index of 3.7. What
kind of condition of periodontal tissues can be seen in this case
A. Mild periodontitis
B. average degree of periodontitis
C. * Severe periodontitis
D. very severe degree of periodontitis
E. very mild degree of periodontitis
222. OBJECTIVE: swelling and redness of gums, their pain and bleeding when probing.
Significant dental plaque. Periodontal pockets to 4 mm. Mobility of teeth Class.
Radiological findings: expanding periodontal gap in the area of the necks of the teeth,
resorption of interdental partitions to 1/3 height, osteoporosis. Diagnosis:
A. Exacerbation of chronic catarrhal gingivitis
B. Acute marginal periodontitis
C. * Mild generalized periodontitis
D. Generalized moderate periodontitis
E. Periodontal disease, mild
223. Boy in '13 diagnosed with chronic catarrhal gingivitis held professional oral
hygiene. After that time the teeth will be found dental plaque?
A. 12:00
B. * 24 hours
C. 36 hours
D. 6:00
E. 48 hours.
224. The girl is 12 years with a diagnosis of chronic hypertrophic gingivitis held
professional oral hygiene. During manipulation which, in your opinion, is removed
dental plaque?
A. * Professional removal of dental plaque
B. Brushing
C. Rinse elixir
D. Eating solid food
E. Clean interdental spaces flosses.
225. Complaints continued bleeding gums while brushing teeth, sensitivity to temperature,
chemical irritants, discoloration of gums. The depth of periodontal pockets of 5 mm,
sero-purulent discharge from the pockets, tooth mobility and degree, baring the necks
of the teeth. What is the diagnosis of this pathology is responsible?
A. Chronic generalized periodontitis, mild
B. Acute catarrhal gingivitis, severe degree
C. Syndrome Papiyona-Lefebvre
D. * Exacerbation of chronic generalized periodontitis middle degree
E. Exacerbation of chronic generalized periodontitis mild
226. On examination, the patient has catarrh interdental papillae, plenty of soft plaque
above and pidyasennyy tartar, periodontal pocket depth of 3 mm. What is the X-ray
picture is this pathology?
A. Uniform horizontal resorption iyizhalveolyarnyh partitions on 1/3 height
B. B. Horizontal alveolar bone resorption at 1/2 the height of the interdental partitions
C. C. Expansion slot periodontitis
D. Focal osteoporotic cancellous bone interdental partitions (Resorption compact
interdental plates on the tops of walls, decrease in height partitions on 1/3)
E. * There is no right answer
227. Patient, 26 years old, approached and complaints overgrowth of gum. OBJECTIVE:
In section 14 of the tooth gums fungous growths limited form dense, dark red with
cyanotic tinge. 14 tooth mobility in the vestibular-oral direction. Abnormal formation
of patient noted a year ago, and connects with pregnancy. What is the most likely
diagnosis?
A. Gingival fibromatosis
B. * Epulis, anheomatozna form
C. Hypertrophic gingivitis, swelling form
D. Acute localized periodontitis of moderate severity
E. Hypertrophic gingivitis, fibrous form
228. As a man, 42 years old, when viewed oral dental therapist revealed multiple wedgeshaped defects on the tooth; stertist tubercles chewing surfaces of molars and
premolars, k tremas same teeth, minor sediments nadyasennoho tartar. Slyzivka gums
pale pink. There gingival retraction pa 2 - mm. On radiography - horizontal rezorbtsi
mezhalveolyarnyh partitions to 1/3 the length of the roots, osteoporosis and
osteosclerosis cancellous bone of the alveolar ridge. Diagnosis - gum, mild. Does the
patient surgical treatment?
A. Only the removal of the inflammatory process
B. Only with deep pockets parontalnyh more than 5 mm
C. In the presence of periodontal pockets
D. If mobility of teeth
E. * Does not require
229. Patient, 55 years old, asked about aching pain in the lower jaw gums itch.
OBJECTIVE: clear upper and lower jaw pale, potonsheni, painless, the recession of the
edge 2 mm, teeth intact, soft plaque and stone there. Which of the following
physiotherapy expedient to apply?
A. UHF-therapy
B. Ultraviolet irradiation mennya
C. * Phonophoresis with nicotinic acid vacuum therapy
D. Aeroionotherapy
E. Electrophoresis of trypsin solution
230. Choose the most appropriate sequence of treatment policy
A. Splinting, anti-inflammatory therapy, surgery,
B. physiotherapy
C. * Anti-inflammatory therapy, splinting, surgical treatment, causal
D. therapy, treatment zahalnoukriplyuyuche
E. Eliminating mechanical stimuli, splinting, anti-inflammatory therapy,
231. Female, 40 years old, complained of slight pain in the gums and teeth cleaning to a
new brush, increased tooth sensitivity to cold food, periodic discomfort in the gums,
mainly in the area of mandibular incisors. OBJECTIVE: clear pale and thick, in the
area of the front teeth observed their slight retraction of incisors and exposing necks
clicks. When probing - no clinical pockets. The X-ray observed uniform decrease in
height interdental section to 1/3 the length of roots, periodontal expansion slots. Which
disease meets the clinical picture?
A. Generalized periodontitis mild in remission
B. * Periodontal disease, mild degree
C. Atrophic gingivitis, mild degree
D. Chronic generalized periodontitis, mild degree
E. Periodontal disease, the average degree
232. Patient, 43 years old, complained of acute throbbing pain in the region of the upper
jaw thing going second day, malaise, headache, body temperature 37,8 ° C.
OBJECTIVE: inflammatory infiltrate rounded on the gums vestibular side in section 16
of the tooth. Tooth intact, driven II stage, the horizontal and vertical percussion
positive periodontal pockets 4-5 mm. Which of the following is the most likely
diagnosis?
A. Periostitis of the upper jaw to the right
B. Exacerbation of chronic granulating periodontitis 16 tooth
C. Acute pyeriodontyt 16 tooth
D. * Exacerbation of chronic periodontitis severe degree
E. Exacerbation of chronic gangrenous pulpitis 16 tooth
233. The patient, 40 years complains of bleeding, expressed pain gums. Mobility of the
lower front teeth. He suffers from diabetes of 6 years. OBJECTIVE: clear
hiporemiyovani, interdental papillae swollen, loosened, moving teeth, periodontal
pockets of 5 mm with purulent content. On radiographs of the alveolar ridge in the
region of the lower front Teeth determined degradation compact plate and spongy
substance interdental membranes to 1/3 the length of the root. What is the most likely
diagnosis?
A. Catarrhal gingivitis, chronic
B. * Localized periodontitis, chronic
C. Localized periodontitis in acute
D. Generalized periodontitis, chronic
E. Generalized periodontitis, pointed
234. A woman, 38 years old, diagnosed with generalized periodontitis of moderate
severity, abscesses flow. Objectively temperature 37,3 ° C, weakness, malaise. What
additional tests would you have spent sick in the first place?
A. Overall expanded blood
B. * Determine the amount of sugar in the blood and urine
C. Determination of capillary gum Kulazhenko
D. Identification of tissue saturation with ascorbic acid
E. Reoparodontohrafiya
235. Patient, 44 years old, an employee printing, complains nezychaynyy look and
periodic bleeding gums. Complaints appeared a few years ago. He has kidney disease.
Objectively: skin normal 'color, lips and oral mucosa anemic. Gingival papillae
cyanotic, pasty, with dotorkuvanni bleed. On marginal land ash - gray rim that is not
changed by erasure. Teeth fixed. Regional lymph nodes are not changed. Put the most
likely diagnosis.
A. Skorbut
B. * Saturnism
C. Merkurializm
D. Pellagra
E. Aryboflavinoz
236. The patient, 54 p., Complains of pain in the gums, their bleeding, bad breath,
mobility jy6ie. Treated regularly. OBJECTIVE: clear in the teeth on the upper jaw
smoothed with periodontal pockets excreted manure. Depth parodoptalnyh pockets 5-8
mm. Mobility of teeth II-III century. Teeth frontal area of the mandible shifted is
defective dentition. The X-ray 21, 12 interdental septum absent for 1/2 the length of the
roots. Please diagnosis.
A. Chronic periodontitis heneralizs ized mild
B. Chronic generalized periodontitis of moderate severity
C. * Chronic generalized periodontitis heavy siupenya
D. Chronic localized severe periodontitis
E. Acute generalized periodontitis of moderate severity
237. Patient, 32 p., Complains of pain, bleeding gums, mobility of teeth, raising the
temperature to 37,5 ° C. OBJECTIVE: clear bright hyperemic, swollen, painful on
palpation. The roots of teeth exposed to 1/4 of their length, mobility 31, 32, 41, 42 -1
degree. Periodontal pockets - 3-4 mm sero-purulent exudate. Panoramic x-rays:
irregular resorption interalveolar septum at 1/3 the length of the root, diffuse
osteoporosis, periodontitis expansion slots. Therefore diagnosed select physiotherapy:
A. Electrophoresis
B. Darsonvalization
C. Automasazh
D. Laser Therapy
E. * Cryodestruction
238. The patient, 45 p., Complaints of feeling itching gums. Clear dense normal color.
There is an increased tooth sensitivity to cold. The X-ray revealed a defect compact
plate on top of the interdental septum, osteoporosis interdental membranes. Put the
most likely diagnosis.
A. * Periodontal disease and degree
B. Periodontal Degree II
C. Periodontitis and degree
D. Chronic catarrhal gingivitis
E. Periodontal initial degree
239. Patient, 38 years old, asked two weeks ago to a dentist, who made a diagnosis of
generalized periodontitis of moderate severity, acute stage. After a course of antiinflammatory therapy gums were normal color, periodontal pockets 4-5 mm from the
serosal release. Which method of elimination of periodontal pockets you prefer in this
case?
A. Conservative method
B. * Curettage
C. Hinhivotomiya
D. Hinhivektomiya
E. Scrappy operation
Questions to the pictures
1. Which anatomical and histological formation picture in figure 1?
A. attached part gum
B. connecting epithelium
C. *dentine
D. compact disc alveoli
E. enamel
2. During that figure is depicted in Figure gum edge?
A. *under number 2
B. in figure 1
C. under the number 3
D. in figure 4
E. not shown at all
3. Interdental papilla shown in figure:
A. under number 2
B. *in figure 1
C. under the number 3
D. in figure 4
E. not shown at all
4. Gingival sulcus the picture below figure:
A. under number 2
B. in figure 1
C. *under the number 3
D. in figure 4
E. not shown at all
5. Sticky gingival part shown on the picture under the number:
A. under number 2
B. in figure 1
C. under the number 3
D. *in figure 4
E. not shown at all
6. What formation picture in figure 2?
A. horny layer of the epithelium
B. *granular layer of the epithelium
C. ribbed layer of the epithelium
D. basal layer of the epithelium
E. own plate
7. In which figure in the picture capillaries?
A. under number 2
B. in figure 1
C. *under the number 3
D. in figure 4
E. not shown at all
8. What is the point of contact in the picture under the letter A?
A. plane
B. plural
C. *punctate
D. parallel
E. no correct answer
9. Which group of lymph nodes shown in the figure at number 1?
A. *submandibular
B. submental
C. deep cervical
D. superficial cervical
E. parotid
10. What a survey shown in the picture?
A. *polarography
B. electroodontodiagnosis
C. biomicroscopy
D. test Kulazhenko
E. tomography
11. What classification shown in the picture?
A. *Classification of recessions on Miller
B. Classification of recessions in Hamp
C. Classification of recessions in Tarnow
D. Classification of recessions on glacier
E. no right answer
12. What class recession by Miller on this picture under number 1?
A. *First class
B. The second class
C. third-class
D. Fourth grade
E. Fifth Grade
13. In Miller class recession shown in the figure by figure 2 ?
A. First class
B. *The second class
C. third-class
D. Fourth grade
E. Fifth Grade
14. What class recession shown in the figure under number 3?
A. First class
B. The second class
C. *third-class
D. Fourth grade
E. Fifth Grade
15. What is the picture?
A. Garlands McCauley
B. recession Miller
C. *Cracks Schtilmana
D. recession Hampi
E. no right answer
16. Apparatus for which research is drawn in this picture?
A. polarography
B. electroodontodiagnosis
C. biomicroscopy
D. *Ehoosteometry
E. There is no right answer
17. The figure shows:
A. *Garlands McCauley
B. recession Miller
C. Cracks Schtilmana
D. recession Hampi
E. no right answer
18. What study painted in the picture?
A. polarography
B. electroodontodiagnosis
C. *biomicroscopy
D. tomography
E. no right answer
19. 19. Apparatus for a survey in the picture is?
A. polarography
B. electroodontodiagnosis
C. biomicroscopy
D. Tomography
E. *Samples Kulazhenko
20. What research on a picture?
A. polarography
B. electroodontodiagnosis
C. biomicroscopy
D. test Kulazhenko
E. *tomography
21. In view of the teeth showed dental plaque, in the picture, namely:
A. undergingival tartar
B. *plaque
C. subgingival tartar
D. microbial plaque
E. tartar
22. What Diagnostic Tool in the picture?
A. pulptester
B. apekslokator
C. *registration leaflet
D. apparatus Kulazhenko
E. no right answer
23. Which bite on this picture?
A. *ortognatic
B. progenic
C. prognathic
D. deep
E. cross
24. What is the procedure shown in Figure?
A. determine the degree of mobility of teeth
B. determine the width of the periodontal gap
C. definition of bite
D. *determine the depth of periodontal pockets
E. no right answer
25. What research in the picture?
A. determine the degree of mobility of teeth
B. determine the width of the periodontal gap
C. definition of bite
D. *determine the depth of periodontal pockets
E. no right answer
26. 26. Which index conducted in this picture?
A. Fedorova has been received
B. Green-Vermilien
C. PMA
D. KPI
E. *Silnes-Loye
27. What index is shown in this picture?
A. Index PMA
B. Index KPI
C. test-Shiller Pisarev
D. index PI
E. Index Silnes-Loye
F. ANSWER: C
28. What a survey is shown in this picture?
A. Depth of prysinka
B. test-Shiller Pisarev
C. *determine the degree of mobility of teeth
D. palpation
E. percussion
29. What research depicted in this picture?
A. Depth of vestibulum oris
B. test-Shiller Pisarev
C. determine the degree of mobility of teeth
D. *investigation of the pockets
E. percussion
30. What research conducted in this picture?
A. Depth of vestibulum oris
B. sample-Shiller Pisarev
C. formalin test
D. investigation of the pockets
E. *Selection contents of pockets
31. What traumatic factor is shown in Figure 1?
A. incorrectly made crowns
B. *cavities on the contact surfaces of the teeth
C. violation spividnoshen contact between teeth
D. cervical caries with growing of gingival papilla
E. teeth erossion
32. What is the formation of the picture under number 1?
A. pelicule
B. plaque
C. *cuticle
D. microbial plaque
E. tartar
33. What is deposition of the picture under number 1?
A. *undergingival tartar
B. plaque
C. subgingival tartar
D. microbial plaque
E. tartar
34. What dye used for coloring of teeth in this picture?
A. iodine solution
B. methylene blue
C. *erytrozyn
D. Brilliant green
E. fukurtsyn
35. The solution which the dye used for coloring of teeth on this picture?
A. iodine solution
B. *methylene blue
C. erytrozyn
D. Brilliant green
E. fukurtsyn
36. What are the tools used for operations gingivectomy on the picture under the letter A?
A. Universal blade holder 360 °
B. *Replacement blade scalpel
C. Axe for gingivectomy Kirkland
D. Excavators
E. Knife for gingivectomy Orban 1/2.
37. Tools used for operations gingivectomy see in the image below in the letter is:
A. Universal blade holder 360 °
B. Replacement blade scalpel
C. *Axe for gingivectomy Kirkland
D. Excavators
E. Knife gingivectomy Orban 1/2.
38. In the letter B shows the following tools that are used for operations gingivectomy:
A. *Universal blade holder 360 °
B. Replacement blade scalpel
C. Axe for gingivectomy Kirkland
D. Excavators
E. Knife gingivectomy Orban 1/2.
39. Tools used for operations gingivectomy the picture under the letter G is:
A. Universal blade holder 360 °
B. Replacement blade scalpel
C. Axe for gingivectomy Kirkland
D. Excavators
E. *Knife for gingivectomy Orban 1/2.
40. In which operation shown the direction of the incission:
A. Gibgivectomy
B. curettage
C. Criocurretage
D. *Gingivotomy
E. diathermocoagulation
41. What is the stabilization of the dentition is shown in Figure?
A. *sagittal
B. Frontal
C. Frontosahitalna
D. Parasahitalna
E. In arc
42. What type of stabilization dentition shown in the figure?
A. sagittal
B. *Frontal
C. Frontosahitalna
D. Parasahitalna
E. In arc
43. Stabilization dentition shown in figure is:
A. sagittal
B. Frontal
C. *Frontosahitalna
D. Parasahitalna
E. In arc
44. The figure shows this stabilization dentition as:
A. sagittal
B. Frontal
C. Frontsagittal
D. *Parasagittal
E. In arc
45. What stage curettage is shown in Figure?
A. Removing undergingival plaque
B. *Removing subgingival plaque
C. Removing of bone lission
D. curettage of granulation
E. There is no right answer
46. The second stage of curettage is shown in Figure?
A. Removing undergingival plaque
B. Removing subgingival plaque
C. *Removing of bone lission
D. curettage of granulation
E. There is no right answer
47. The third stage of curettage is shown in Figure?
A. Removing undergingival plaque
B. Removing subgingival plaque
C. Removing of bone lission
D. *curettage of granulation
E. There is no right answer
48. What splints for temporary fixed upper jaw are shown in Figure?
A. Circule splint
B. A slint on artificial crowns with multi clammer
C. wire splint with plastic lining
D. *wire splint
E. There is no right answer
49. What temporary removable splint for maxilla shown in Figure?
A. *Circule splint
B. A slint on artificial crowns with multi clammer
C. wire splint with plastic lining
D. wire splint
E. There is no right answer
50. Which of fixed, temporary splints are used for mandible?
A. Circule splint
B. *A slint on artificial crowns with multi clammer
C. wire splint with plastic lining
D. wire splint
E. There is no right answer
51. For the mandible used such a fixed, temporary splints:
A. Circule splint
B. A slint on artificial crowns with multi clammer
C. *wire splint with plastic lining
D. wire splint
E. There is no right answer
52. Figures 1 marked areas blocking movement of the mandible at:
A. *If movements in the sagittal direction
B. When you change the degree of incisal overlap
C. With the shift to the right
D. With the shift to the left
E. There is no right answer
53. Figure 2 marked areas, blocking movement of the mandible at:
A. If movements in the sagittal direction
B. *When you change the degree of incisal overlap
C. With the shift to the right
D. With the shift to the left
E. There is no right answer
54. Figure 3 marked areas, blocking movement of the mandible at:
A. If movements in the sagittal direction
B. When you change the degree of incisal overlap
C. *With the shift to the right
D. With the shift to the left
E. There is no right answer
55. Number 4 marked areas, blocking movement of the mandible at:
A. If movements in the sagittal direction
B. When you change the degree of incisal overlap
C. With the shift to the right
D. *With the shift to the left
E. There is no right answer
Download